QOTD-NSEc PYQ Bank 2007-2021

NSEC IOQC
2007 - 2019
Chemistry Olympiad
useful for KVPY IIT-JEE
CHEMISTRY NSEC-2007-08 EXAMINATION CAREER POINT
INDIAN ASSOCIATION OF CHEMISTRY TEACHERS

NATIONAL STANDARD EXAMINATION IN CHEMISTRY 2007-2008
This is question paper contains 100 multiple-choice Q.5 The order of the rate of formation of
question. Each correct answer carries 3 marks and carbocations from the following iodo
1 mark will be deduced for each wrong answer. No compounds is :
weightage II be given to unattempted question.
Q.1 Identify the chiral species among the
following
H I H I H I
Br H Br Br
(A) (B) I II III
H Br (A) I > II > III (B) I > III > II
Br (C) III > II > I (D) II > III > I
H Br
(C) (D) C=C=C Q.6 The Keq. values in HCN addition to following
Br H Br aldehydes are in the order :
O O O
Q.2 The achiral species among the following is :
(A) a car (B) a screw driver H H H
(C) a screw (D) a hand
MeO Me2N
Q.3 Which one of the following compounds has
I II III
(Z) configuration about the C-C double bond ?
O (A) I > II > III (B) II > III > I
(C) III > I > II (D) II > I > III
O
(A) H3C Q.7 The major product formed upon addition of
H3C O
CH3 1 mole of HBr in the following reactions is
O
HBr (1 mole)
CO2Me
(B) Major product ?
H 3C CONH2
CH3
Br CH2CH2OH (A) (B)
(C)
Br Br
Cl CH(CH3)2
Br
Br CH2OH
(D)
Br
Cl CHO
(C) (D)
Br
Q.4 From the two pairs a and b of resonance
structure given below, designate the ones that
would contribute most to the resonance Q.8 The major product formed in the following
hybrid reaction is :
⊕
CH2 CH2 OH
⊕ .. CH3 H2SO4
(a) ⊕ (b) CH2–NH(CH3)2 CH2 N(CH3)2
CH3 heat
I II III IV H3C
(A) I & III (B) I & IV Major product ?
(C) II & III (D) II & IV
CAREER POINT, CP Tower, Road No.1, IPIA, Kota (Raj.) Ph.: 0744-3040000 1 / 10
Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com
CH3 Q.12 Arange the following compounds in order of
(A)
CH3 decreasing reactivity in the elimination
H 3C (bimolecular) reaction with C2H5ONa
CH3
(B)
CH3
Br I Cl F
H 3C
CH3 I II III IV
(A) II > I > III > IV (B) IV > III > I > II
(C)
(C) III > I > II > IV (D) I > III > IV > II
H 3C CH3
CH3 Q.13 Indicate the order of reactivity of the
(D) CH3 following compounds in nucleophilic
H 2C substitution (unimolecular) reaction.
Q.9 The relative stabilites of the following Cl

Cl
carbocations is :
+ + + + Cl
H3CO–CH=CH–CH2 H2C=C–CH2 CH3OCH2CH2 CH3OCH2
I II III
OMe
(A) I > II > III > IV (B) I > IV > II > III (A) I > II > III (B) II > III > I
(C) II > III > IV > I (D) III > I > II > IV (C) III > II > I (D) II > I > III
Q.14 Identify the ester which upon addition of

Q.10 The first nobel prize in chemistry was
excess Grignard's reagent will provide a
awarded to which one of the following
secondary alcohol.
scientists for his work on rates of reactions,
(A) CH3CO2Et
chemical equilibrium and osmotic pressure.
(B) (CH3)2 CHCO2Et
(A) Arrthenius (B) van't Hoff (C) HCO2Et
(C) Enuil (D) Ramsay (D) C6H5CO2Et
Q.11 Indiacate the correct order of acidity (first Q.15 Repeating isoprene units are present in
ionization) in the following dicarboxylic (A) alkaloids (B) peptides
acids : (C) nucleic acids (D) terpenoids
HOOC COOH HOOC COOH

Q.16 The C–C–H bond angle in ethylene is
I II (A) 180° (B) 109°28°
COOH (C) 120° (D) 90°
HOOC—COOH HOOC Q.17 The following symmetry element is present in

the d as well as the 1 form of tartaric acid
III IV
(CO2HCH(OH)CH(OH)CO2H
(A) I > II > III > IV (B) II < IV > I > III (A) centre of symmetry
(C) III > I IV>II (D) IV > II > I > III (B) axis of symmetry (C2)
(C) Plane of symmetry
(D) None
CAREER POINT, CPCTower,

AREERRoad No.1,
POINT, CPIPIA, Kota
Tower, (Raj.),
Road No.1, Ph:IPIA,
0744-3040000
Kota (Raj.) Ph.: 0744-3040000
2 / 10
Q.18 The carbocation (CH3)3C+ is stabilized HO
primarily by Cl
(A) hyperconjugation (B) tautomerism (A)
(C) resonance (D) conjugation
OH
(B)
Q.19 Predict the product formed in the following
reaction HO
(C)
Product
AlCl3
OH
OH
(D)
(A) (B)
Q.23 Fullerenes are generated on a very repid scale
typically in milliseconds. In all techniques.
Cl Cl C60 is produced in much greater quantites
than C180 though latter is more stable. Which
(C) (D) of the following graph represents the
following two processes ?
(i) Reactant (Re) 3C60

Q.20 Identify the odd species out (Which of the (ii) Reactants (Re) C180
species among the following is different from (A)
others ?)
+ PE
C60
(A) (B) Re
C180
Reaction coordinate
(C) (D) (B)
Q.21 The IUPAC name of PE

O Re C80
is C180
O
Reaction coordinate
Cl (C)
O
(A) 2-Chlorocarbonylethyl benzoate PE
Re C80
(B) 2-Carboxyethylbenzoylchloride C180
(C) Ethyl-2-(chlorocarbonyl) benzoate
Reaction coordinate
(D) Ethyl-1-(chlorocarbonyl) benzoate
(D)
Q.22 Consider the following reactions
+
PE
Re
+ CH2=CH2 + Cl2 + H2O H→
heat C80 C180
NaOH ( aq )
X  → Y Reaction coordinate
The major product (Y) of the reaction is :

AREERRoad No.1,
POINT, CPIPIA, Kota
Tower, (Raj.),
Road No.1, Ph:IPIA,
0744-3040000
Kota (Raj.) Ph.: 0744-3040000
3 / 10
Q.24 Consider the following reactions Q.27 The correct order of acidicty of the C–H
Cl proton is -
(A) acetylene > ethylene > ethane
CH 3 I
M ← LDA
 L ← NaH
→ (B) ethylene > acetylene > ethane
273 K 298 K (C) ethane > ethylene > acetylene
(D) acetylene > ethane > ethylene
X CH3I
→ Y
(LDA = lithiumdiisopropyl amide) Q.28 In the petroleum industry, crude oil is
The products M and Y respectively are separated into different fractions by
O (A) differential extraction
O
(B) fractional distillation
(C) chromatography
(A) and (D) leaching
OLi O Q.29 The percentage of oxygen in a compound is

determined by
(A) Dumas method
(B) and (B) Kjeldahl's method
(C) Carius method
O O (D) subtracting the sum of percentages of all
other elements present from 100
(C) and Q.30 Conformational changes in a molecule leads
to change in
O (A) torsional angle (B) bond angle
O
(C) bond length (D) all of the above
(D) Q.31 A qualitative analysis of papaverine, an

and opium alkaloid showed carbon, hydrogen and
nitrogen. A quantitiative analysis gave 70.8%
carbon 6.2% hydrogen and 4.1% nitrogen.
Q.25 What is the major product obtained form the The empirical formula of papaverine is :
following reaction ? (A) C20H20N2 (B) C20H21O4N
O (C) C10H11O3N (D) C21H20N
2 → CH
HO–CH2–C–OH SOCl 3OH
→
Q.32 Vision, the process of seeing, depends mainly
(A) HOCH2COOCH3 on one reaction, namely the transformation of -
(B) CH3OCH2COOCH3 (A) rods cells into cone cells in the eye
(C) ClCH2COOCH3 (B) β-carotene into retinol
(D) CH3OCH2COOH (C) 11-cis-retinal into 11-trans-retinal
(D) 7-cis-retinol into 7-trans-retinal
Q.26 What is the major product obtained from the
following reaction ? Q.33 Ethyl propanoate has a pineapple like odour
CH3COCH2COOH heat 
→ Product and is used as a flavoring agent in fruit
(A) CH3CHO + CH3COOH syrups. It is prepared as follows :
(B) CH3COCH3 C2H5OH(aq) + C2H5COOH(aq)
O → C2H5COOC2H5(aq) + H2O(l)
In an experiment, 349 grams of ethyl
(C) CH3–C=CH2 propanoate form 250 grams of ethanol, with
O
propanoic acid in excess.
(M.W. of ethyl propanoate : 102, M.W. of
(D) ethanol : 46)
The percentage yield of the above reaction is
O
(A) 48.2 (B) 62.9 (C) 54.6 (D) 32.7

AREERRoad No.1,
POINT, CPIPIA, Kota
Tower, (Raj.),
Road No.1, Ph:IPIA,
0744-3040000
Kota (Raj.) Ph.: 0744-3040000
4 / 10
Q.34 In which of the following compounds is the Q.42 According to molecular orbital theory, the
oxidation number of the transition metal zero ? oxygen molecule is -
(A) [Ni(CO)4] (A) Diamagnetic (B) Paramagnetic
(C) Ferromagnetic (D) Non magnetic
(B) [Pt(C2H4)Cl3]
(C) [Co(NH3)6]Cl2
(D) [Fe(H2O)3](OH)2 Q.43 Which of the following has zero dipole
Q.35 As the number of electrons in d orbitals of moment ?
trasnsition elements increases, the screening (A) NH3 (B) NF3 (C) BF3 (D) CHCl3
effect on the valence electrons -
Q.44 Thallium forms stable chloride, TICl, unlike
(A) increases Aluminum which forms chloride AlCl3. This
(B) decreases greatly is because :
(C) is not observed (A) Insert pair effect makes TI+ more stable
(D) decreases slightly than Tl3+
(B) TI is not a group 13 element
Q.36 [NiCl4]2– is paramagnetic and therefore its (C) TI-X bond is covalent while Al-Cl bond
is ionic.
geometry is
(D) TI-X bond is ionic while Al-Cl bond is
(A) pyramidal (B) bi-pyramidal covalent
(C) tetrahedral (D) square planar
Q.45 Which two of the following reactions are
possible ?
Q.37 The magnetic moment of MnSO4.4H2O is :
(i) 2FeCl3 + SnCl2 → 2FeCl2 + SnCl4
(A) 1.73 BM (B) 3.87 BM
(ii) 2FeCl2 + SnCl4 → 2FeCl3 + SnCl2
(C) 4.90 BM (D) 5.92 BM (iii) PbCl2 + SnCl4 → SnCl2 + PbCl4
(iv) SnCl2 + PbCl4 → PbCl2 + SnCl4
Q.38 dsp2 hybridization represnts (A) i and ii (B) i and iii
(A) octahedral geometry (C) i and iv (D) ii and iv
(B) square-planar geometry
Q.46 Silicones are water repelling in nature
(C) trigonal-bipyramidal geometry because -
(D) square-pyramidal geometry (A) they have highly covalent Si-O-Si
linkages
Q.39 Which type of bond exists between the two (B) they have organic groups forming
boron atoms in a diborane molecule ? hydrophobic exterior.
(A) 2-center-2-electron (C) they are polymeric in nature.
(D) they have Si-H bonds as in hydrocarbons
(B) 2-center-3-electron
(C) 3-center-3-electron Q.47 Which of the following compounds is most
(D) 4-center-4-electron basic in nature ?
(A) Si(OH)4 (B) Al(OH)3
(C) Mg(OH)2 (D) P(OH)3
Q.40 Which isomerism is exhiliated by
[Co(NH3)6][Cr(CN)6] and [Cr(NH3)6][Co(CN)6] ? Q.48 Aqueous solutions having equimolar
(A) Ionization (B) Linkage quantities of Pb(NO3)2, AgNO3,AgSO4,
(C) Coordination (D) Polymerization BaCl2 and K2CrO4 are allows react and the
reaction mixture is then altered. Which ions
will be present in the filtrate in appreciable
Q.41 The complex pentaamincarbonatocobalt (III)
quantity
chloride is (A) Pb2+,Ag+,Ba2+,K+,NO3–,SO42–CrO42– Cl–
(A) [Co(NH3)5CO3]Cl (B) Ba2+,K+,NO3–,CrO42–
(B) [Co(NH2)5CO3]Cl (C) Pb2+,Ba2+,K+,NO3–,CrO42–
(C) [Co(NH2)5CO2]Cl (D) K+, NO3–
(D) [Co(NH3)5CO2]Cl

AREERRoad No.1,
POINT, CPIPIA, Kota
Tower, (Raj.),
Road No.1, Ph:IPIA,
0744-3040000
Kota (Raj.) Ph.: 0744-3040000
5 / 10
Q.49 Concentrated sulphuric acid on reaction with Q.54 What is the correct order of stability of the
NaCl, NaBr and Nal produces HCl, bromine complexes,
and iodine, respectively. What order of [Ni(NH3)6]2+, [Ni(en)3]2+, [Ni(DET)2]2+ ?
oxidizing of halogens with reference of [en = 1,2 diaminoethane, H2NCH2CH2 NH2
sulphuric acid can be established on the basis DET = Diethylenetriamine,
H2NCH2CH2NHCH2NH2]
of this reaction
(A) Ni(NH3)6]2+ ≈ [Ni(en)3]2 ≈ [Ni(DET)2]2+
(A) H2SO4 > I2 > Br2 > Cl2
(B) Ni(NH3)6]2+ < [Ni(en)3]2+ ≈ [Ni(DET)2]2+
(B) Cl2 > H2SO4 > Br2 > I2
(C) Ni(NH3)6]2+ < [Ni(en)3]2+ < [Ni(DET)2]2+
(C) H2SO4 > Cl2 > Br2 > I2
(D) Ni(NH3)6]2+ > [Ni(en)3]2+ > [Ni(DET)2]2+
(D) Cl2 > Br2 > I2 > H2SO4
Q.55 How many isomers are possible for a
Q.50 According to the Crystal field theory, the compound with formula, [Rh(en)Cl(NO2)] ?
energy of dxy orbital is lower than d x 2 − y 2 in (A) 2 (B) 4 (C) 6 (D) 8
an octahedral complex because Q.56 Metal carbonyls have the metal ions in zero
(A) the dxy orbital is near the ligands. or unusually lower oxidation states. This is
(B) the repulsion between the dxy electrons because
and ligand electrons is less than that (A) carbonyl ligand is reducing in nature
(B) carbonyl is a highly electron rich ligand
between d x 2 − y 2 and ligand electrons
(C) carbonyl is a strongly σ-bonding ligand
(C) the repulsion between the dxy electrons (D) carbonyl is a strongly π-acidic ligand
and ligand electrons is more than that
between d x 2 − y 2 and ligand electrons. Q.57 Europium forms stable Eu2+ ions because
(A) Europium is a lanthanide
(D) the d x 2 − y 2 orbital is away from the ligands (B) 2+ is the common oxidation state of
lanthanides
Q.51 The orbitals of iron involved in the (C) Eu2+ has f7 valence electronic
hybridization in Fe(CO)5 are configuration
(D) All of the above reasons
(A) s, px, px, pz and d x 2 .y 2
(B) s, px, px, d z 2 and d x 2 .y 2 Q.58 Which of the following molecules contains
the maximum% of sulphur by mass ?
(C) s, px, py, pz and d z 2 (A) Na2SO4 (B) H2SO4 (C) Li2SO4 (D) PbSO4
(D) s, px, pz, dxy and d x 2 − y 2 Q.59 17.1 grams of aluminum sulfate, Al2(SO4)3 is
dissolved in enough water to prepare 1.00 L
Q.52 The crystal filed stabilization energy (CFSE) of solution. What the molarity of the sulfate
in [Co(SCN)6]3– is ion in this solution ? (Neglect any hydrolysis)
(A) 1.67 × 10–2 M (B) 5.00 × 10–2 M
(A) –24 Dq (B) –18 Dq
(C) 1.50 × 10–1 M (D) 2.50 × 10–1 M
(C) –4 Dq (D) 0 Dq
Q.60 Calculate the pH of a solution made by
Q.53 Element having (4,0,0, + 1/2) as a set of four mixing 150 cm3 of 0.10 M CH3COONa and
quantum numbers for its valence electron is - 250 cm3 of 0.10 CH3COOH
(A) Na (B) Ca [Ka of CH3COOH = 1.8 × 10–5]
(C) K (D) Br (A) 2.37 (B) 4.52
(C) 4.74 (D) 4.97

AREERRoad No.1,
POINT, CPIPIA, Kota
Tower, (Raj.),
Road No.1, Ph:IPIA,
0744-3040000
Kota (Raj.) Ph.: 0744-3040000
6 / 10
Q.61 The solubility product constant, Ksp, of Q.67 Assuming a lawis structure for SO2 in which
Ag3PO4 is 1.8 × 10–18. What is the molar all the atoms obey the octet rule, the formal
solubility of Ag3PO4 in water (neglect any charge on S is :
hydrolysis) (A) + 1 (B) 0 (C) +2 (D) –2
(A) 1.6 × 10–5 (B) 8.4 × 10–7
–9 Q.68 Which of the following will have the slowest
(C) 1.3 × 10 (D) 4.5 × 10–19
rate of reactin with HCl ?
(A) Marble chips at 40°C
Q.62 Chlorine can be prepared by reacting HCl
(B) Powdered marble at 25°C
with MnO2. The reaction is represented by the (C) Marble chips at 25°C
equation (D) Powdered marble at 40°C
MnO2(s) + 4HCl(aq) → Cl2(g) + MnCl2(aq) +
2H2O(l) Q.69 How many moles of Na+ ions are there in
Assuming the reaction goes to completion. 20mL of 0.40 M solution of Na3PO4 ?
What mass of concentrated HCl solution (A) 0.008 (B) 0.020 (C) 0.024 (D) 0.008
(36.0% HCl by mass) needed to produce 2.50 g
of Cl2 Q.70 The solubility of a gas in a liquid is directly
proportional to the partial pressure of the gas
(A) 5.15 g (B) 14.3 g
over the solution. This statement is known as :
(C) 19.4 g (D) 26.4 g
(A) Raoult's law
Q.63 In the unit cell of the crystal formed by the (B) Henry's law
(C) Boyle's law
ionic compound of X and Y, the corners are
(D) Charales and Gay lussac's law
occupied by X and Y centers of the faces by
Y. The empirical formula of the compound is : Q.71 How many sigma bons and pi bonds are
(A) XY (B) X2Y present in CH2=C=CH2 ?
(C) XY3 (D) X5Y6 (A) 6 sigma and 1 pi
(B) 8 sigma and 0 pi
Q.64 Which of the following pairs is a lewis acid &
(C) 4 sigma and 4 pi
lewis base ? (D) 6 sigma and 2 pi
(A) Cl– & Ag+ (B) NH3 & BF3
2– –
(C) SO4 & HSO4 (D) H+ & OH– Q.72 A first-order reaction has a rate constant of
0.003 s–1. The time required for completion of
Q.65 In which of the following reactions will an 75% reaction is
incease system favor the formation of the (A) 231 s (B) 201 s (C) 41.7 s (D) 462 s
products ?
(A) C(s) + H2O(g) CO(g) + H2(g) Q.73 The activaton energy of a reaction is given by
(B) H2(g) + I2 (g) 2HI(g) (A) –R/(slope of a plot of ln k vs. 1/T)
(C) 4NH3(g) + 5O2(g) 4NO(g) + 6H2O(g) (B) – (slope of a plot of ln k vs. 1/T) R
(C) – (slope of a plot of ln k vs. 1/T) × R
(D) 3O2(g) 2O3(g)
(D) + (slope of a plot of ln k vs. 1/T) × R
Q.66 What is the total pressure inside 2L vessel Q.74 The activation energy
containing 1g of He, 14g of CO and 10g of (A) decreases with increasing temperature
NO at 27°C ? (B) increases with increasing temperature
(A) 0.25 atm (B) 13.2 atm (C) remains constant with temperature
(C) 1.24 atm (D) 21.6 atm (D) shows linear relation (with positive slope)
with temperature
AREERRoad No.1,
POINT, CPIPIA, Kota
Tower, (Raj.),
Road No.1, Ph:IPIA,
0744-3040000
Kota (Raj.) Ph.: 0744-3040000
7 / 10
Q.75 Which of the following is not a colligative Q.81 The pH of a 0.01 M solution of ammonium
property ? acetate can be changed by changing
(A) solubility (A) the temperature
(B) vapor pressure lowering (B) the volume of solution
(C) boiling point elevation (C) the concentration
(D) osmotic pressure
(D) the pressure on solution
Q.76 Which of the following has the lowest
freezing point and the highest bolling point ? Q.82 Which of the following represents the true
(A) 1.5 m magnesium phosphate order of dissociation energy of the indicated
(B) 1.0 m sodium chloride C–H bond of the following molecules ?
(C) 1.5 m aluminum nitrate
(D) 1.5 m calcium chloride
Q.77 Which of the following changes the value of H

H
the equilibrium constant ?
I II
(A) change in concentration
(B) change in pressure
(C) change in volume
(D) none of these H
H
Q.78 The change in free energy accompanied by III IV
the isothermal expansion of 1 mol of an ideal (A) I < II < IV < III (B) III < IV < II < I
gas when it double its volume is ∆G1 . The (C) IV < II < I < III (D) III < IV < II < I
change in free energy accompanied by sudden
isothermal inversible doubling of volume of 1 Q.83 For a reaction of the nth order, the time
mol of the same gas is ∆G2. Ratio of ∆G1to required for half reaction is inversely
∆G2 is : proportional to
1 1
(A) 1 (B) (C) –1 (D) – (A) a (B) a(n –1) (C) a(n+1) (D) a
2 2
Q.79 By observing the reaction between gases A Q.84 Consider the equilibrium reaction :
and B, the following data was obtained : 4NH3(g) + 3O2(g) 2N2(g) + 6H2O(g)
[A] mol L–1 [B] mol L–1 Initial rate mol L–1s–1 (∆H = –1268 kJ)
–5
2.16 × 10 1 × 10–5 1 × 10–8 Which change will cause the reaction to shift
2.14 × 10–5 2.01 × 10–6 2 × 10–9 to the right ?
–5 –5
2.18 × 10 3.2 × 10 3.25 × 10–5 (A) Increaes the temperature
–5 –5
4.31 × 10 1.1 × 10 4.3 × 10–9 (B) Decreases the volume of the container
8.60 × 10–5 2.1 × 10–5 3.3 × 10–8 (C) Add a catalyst to speed up to reaction
The reaction order with respect to A and B
(D) Remove the gaseous water by allowing it
respectively are :
to react and be obsorbed by KOH
(A) 1 and 2 (B) 0 and 2
(C) 2 and 1 (D) both are 1
Q.85 The heat of combustion of glucose is
Q.80 If each of the following salts has –2840kJ. Therefore the energy required for
Ksp = 1 × 10–9, which of them is the least the production of 0.18 g of glucose is :
soluble in water ? (A) –5.68 kJ (B) +5.68 kJ
(A) XY (B) XY2 (C) –2.84 kJ (D) +2.84 kJ
(C) X2Y (D) X3Y
AREERRoad No.1,
POINT, CPIPIA, Kota
Tower, (Raj.),
Road No.1, Ph:IPIA,
0744-3040000
Kota (Raj.) Ph.: 0744-3040000
8 / 10
Q.86 For the reaction shown below, wich statement Q.94 Presence of higher number of GC pairs in a
is true ? DNA molecule makes it more stable at
2Fe + 3 CdCl2 2FeCl3 + 3Cd (A) high temperature
(A) Fe is the oxidizing agnet (B) low temperature
(B) Cd undergoes oxidation (C) high pH
(C) Cd is the reducing agent (D) high salt concentration
(D) Fe undergoes oxidation
Q.95 A polypeptide chain with 60 amino aicds
Q.87 The voltage for the cell : Fe/Fe2+ (0.001M) // residue will have …….. number of
Cu2+ (0.10 M)/ Cu2+ (0.10 M)/ Cu is 0.807 V nucleotides in its DNA ?
at 25° C. What is the value of E° ? (A) 60 (B) 120 (C) 180 (D) 360
(A) 0.629 V (B) 0.689 V
(C) 0.748 V (D) 0.866 V Q.96 Electrophoretic mobility (without change in
Q.88 A current of 2.0 A is used to plate Ni(s) from primary structure) of a multi-subunit protein
500mL of a 1.0 M Ni2+ aqueous solution. sample with interchain disulfide bond will be
What is the [Ni2+] after 3.0 hours ? affected if it is treated with
(A) 0.39 M (B) 0.46 M (A) performic acid (B) typsin
(C) 0.78 (D) 0.89 V (C) NaCl (D) CNBr
Q.89 The number of amino acid residue of a

polypeptide with molecular weight 55 kD
may be
(A) 110 (B) 240 (C) 500 (D) 550
Q.90 Titration of the amino acid lysine has three

pKa values viz., pKa1 (2.18), pKa2 (8.95) and
Q.97 The molecule that cannot undergo
pKa3 (10.53). The pH at which this amino
esterification reaction is
acid will show no net migration in an electric
(A) hemoglobin (B) adenine
field is
(C) fatty acid (D) glycogen
(A) 5.57 (B) 9.74 (C) 6.35 (D) 7.22
Q.98 Normally carbohydrates are not present as a
Q.91 Increase in cell membrane fluidity with
part of ….. molecule in the cell.
increasing temperature is due to change in the
(A) lipid (B) protein
structure of
(C) DNA (D) vitamin
(A) Protein (B) lipid
(C) polysaccharide (D) DNA Q.99 The molecule that shows increase in
absorbance in the UV region with increasing
Q.92 Proteins present inside the cell membrane are
temperature is
stabilized by
(A) DNA (B) RNA
(A) hydrogen bond
(C) Protein (D) chlorophyll
(B) disulfide bond
(C) hydrophobic force Q.100 Proteins undergo degration during starvation
(D) phosphor-diester bond to act as a carbon source. The final byproduct
of this reaction is
Q.93 Synthesis of amino aicds that will be affected
(A) glucose (B) ammonia
due to prolonged uptake of food with no
(C) ATP (D) amino acid
sulfur content is :
(A) lysine (B) tyrosine
(C) aspartic acid (D) cysteine
AREERRoad No.1,
POINT, CPIPIA, Kota
Tower, (Raj.),
Road No.1, Ph:IPIA,
0744-3040000
Kota (Raj.) Ph.: 0744-3040000
9 / 10
ANSWER KEY
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
Ans. A B B D C D B C B B C A B C D C D A B B C C A C C
Que. 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
Ans. B A B D A B C B A A C D B B C A B C A D B C D B B
Que. 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75
Ans. C A C C C D C B C B A B C D A B A C C B D D C A A
Que. 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
Ans. A D A C D A A B D D D C C C B B D D A D A B D A B

AREERRoad No.1,
POINT, CPIPIA, Kota
Tower, (Raj.),
Road No.1, Ph:IPIA,
0744-3040000
Kota (Raj.) Ph.: 0744-3040000 10 /
10

This is question paper contains 100 multiple-choice Q.7 Which one of the following carbocations will
question. Each correct answer carries 3 marks and not rearrange ?
1 mark will be deduced for each wrong answer. No +
CH2 CH3
weightage II be given to unattempted question.
+
Q.1 Salicylic acid is a stronger acid than (A) (B)
p-hydroxybenzoic acid due to
(A) Steric hindracne CH3
(B) Hydrogen bonding CH3
(C) Mesomeric effect
(D) Solvation energy (C) CH3–CH–CH–CH3 (D)
+ ⊕
Q.2 To reduce a nitroaldehyde to a nitroalcohol
the reducing agent of choice is Q.8 How many stercoisomers does the following
(A) LiAlH4 (B) NaBH4 compound have ?
(C) Molecular H2 (D) SnCl2
CH3–CH2–CH–CH2–CH=CH–CH3
Q.3 The prduct of reamer-teimann reaction is a
(A) phenolic aldehyde (B) hydroxyamine Br
(C) nitroaldehyde (D) nitroalcohol (A) None (B) 2
Q.4 In the Dumas method for the estimation of (C) 4 (D) 6
nitrogen, 0.0237 grams of an organic
compound gave 2.21 mL of nitrogen at Q.9 Which of the following is a ‘‘superacid’’
754.32 mm of Hg pressure at 18°C. (Aqueous (A) (HF + SbF5) in SO2
tension at 18°C is 15.4 mm of Hg.) Therefore (B) (H2SO4+ SO3) in SO2
the percentage of nitrogen in the compound is (C) (HNO3 + BF3) in SO2
(A) 20.67% (B) 10.6% (C) 11.2% (D) 13.9%
(D) (H3PO4 + PF5) in SO2
Q.5 Which one of the following compounds can
be deprotonated by OH fastest ? Q.10 Which of the following series contains only
(A) HCOOH, pKa = 3.8 nucleophiles ?
(B) H2S, pKa = 7.0 (A) NH3, H2O, CN–, I–
(C) Toluene, pKa = 41
(B) AlCl3, NH3, H2O, I–
(D) CH3NH2,pKa = 40
(C) AlCl3, BF3, H2O, NH3
Q.6 How many chiral carbn atoms does
(D) AlCl3, BF3, NO2+, NH3
Tetrachycline A (a broad spectrum antibiotic)
have ?
Q.11 What is the major product that will be formed
H 3C CH3
N in the following reacton ?
H 3C OH H CH3
OH
CH3–C–CH=CH2 + HCl
CONH2 CH3
OH
OH O OH O CH3
Tetracycline A (A) CH3—C—CH—CH3

(A) 3 (B) 4
(C) 5 (D) 6 CH3 CH3
CAREER POINT, CP Tower, Road No.1, IPIA, Kota (Raj.) Ph.: 0744-3040000 1/7
CH3 reagent O
O
(B) CH3—C—CH—CH3
O
Cl CH3 (A) meta-chloroperbenzoic acid
(B) ozone
CH3
(C) potassium dichromate
(C) CH3—C—CH2—CH2—Cl (D) alkaline hydrogen peroxide
CH3 Q.16 The following molecule has a

(D) CO2H
CH3 CH3 HO OH
HO
CH3—C—CH—CH2—CH2—CH—C—CH3
HO
CH3 Cl Cl CH3 (A) centre of symmetry
(B) plane of symmetry
Q.12 A nucleus with the following characteristics (C) axis of symmetry
is NOT NMR active (D) none of the above
(A) even mass number and even atomic
number Q.17 The absolute configurations of the chiral
centres 1,2 and 5 in the following molecule
(B) odd mass number and even or odd atomic
are
number
CH3
(C) even mass number and odd atomic
number 5
(D) None of these 1
2
OH
Q.13 The specific rotation of an optically active
compound is dependent on H3C CH3
(A) concentration of the sample (A) 1R, 2R, 5R (B) 1S, 2S, 5S
(B) path length (C) 1R, 2S, 5R (D) 1S,2R,5S
(C) wavelength of the circularly polarized
light Q.18 The major product in the following reaction is
(D) all of the above 1. BH3, THF
?
2. NaOH, H2O2,H2O
Q.14 For cyclohexane, which of the following
factors does not make the boat conformation
(A) (B)
less stable than the chair conformation
(A) 1,3-diaxial interactions OH
(B) flag pole interactions OH
(C) angle strain
(D) torsional strain (C) (D)
Q.15 Suggest the suitable reagent for the following O O

transformation

AREERRoad No.1,
POINT, CPIPIA, Kota
Tower, (Raj.),
Road No.1, Ph:IPIA,
0744-3040000
Kota (Raj.) Ph.: 0744-3040000
Website : www.careerpointgroup.com, Email: info@careerpointgroup.com 2/7
Q.19 The following structures are
Q.23 A solution of urea was found to be isotonic
with a solution of salt XY of molecular
weight 74.6. If 0.15 moles of urea are
dissolved in a certain volume V mL of the
isotonic solution, the amount of salt in the
solutin will be
(A) enantiomers (B) identical (A) 22.4g (B) 5.6 g
(C) diastereomers (D) rotamers (C) 11.2 g (D) 7.46 g
Q.20 The major product in the following reaction is Q.24 The pH of 0.1 M NH4OH (Kb = 1.8 × 10–5) is
PhSNa (A) 1 (B) 13 (C) 5.7 (D) 11.1
?
Br Q.25 The pH of mixture of 100 ml of 0.25 N HCl

and 100 ml of 0.125N NaOH is
(A) (A) 1.20 (B) 0.90 (C) 0.70 (D) 0.42
SPh
Q.26 For the reaction P + Q → R the following
(B) PhS data was obtained
Set [P] [Q] Rate
I 0.125M 0.250M 0.01
II 0.250M 0.250M 0.04
III 0.250M 1.00M 0.08
The order of reaction is
(C)
(A) 1 (B) 2
(C) 3 (D) 2.5
Q.27 At a given temperature the equilibrium

constants of the gaseous reactions
(D) K1
PhS NO(g) + 1/2 O2 NO2(g)
K2
2NO2(g) 2NO(g) + O2(g) are related as
Q.21 Identify the alkene which will NOT provide (A) K1 = 2K2 (B) K1 = 1/K2
the following alcohol upon oxymercuration-
(C) K1 = K 2 (D) K1 = 1 K2
demercuration.
Q.28 The degress of freedom for
NH4Cl(s) NH4Cl(g) NH3(g) +
HCl(g) will be
OH (A) 4 (B) 3
(C) 2 (D) 1
(A) (B) Q.29 The root mean square velocity of SO2 is equal
to that of oxygen at 27°C when the
temperature is
(A) 327°C (B) 127°C
(C) (D) (C) 227°C (D) 600°C
Q.30 The temperature of a sample of sulfur dioxide
is increased from 27°C to 327°C. The average
Q.22 If the energy of a reaction is twice RT, its rate kinetic energy of the gas molecules
constant k is related to frequency factor A by (A) is doubled
the relation : (B) increases by the factor 327/27
(A) k = 0.135 A (B) k = 1.35 A (C) is halved
(C) k = 0.0135A (D) k = 2.303A (D) remains same

AREERRoad No.1,
POINT, CPIPIA, Kota
Tower, (Raj.),
Road No.1, Ph:IPIA,
0744-3040000
Kota (Raj.) Ph.: 0744-3040000
Q.31 A gas shows positive joule-thomson effect Q.38 The Bohr radius of the first orbit of hydrogen
below atom is 0.530 Å units. The radius of the third
(A) Critical temperature orbit will be
(B) Boyle temperature (A) 1.06 Å (B) 4.77 Å
(C) Transition temperature (C) 2.12 Å (D) 1.59 Å
(D) Inversion temperature
Q.39 If the bond energies are as follows
Q.32 Under high pressure conitions, van der waals' (i) C–H = 413.8kJ
equation for a real gas reduces to (ii) Cl–Cl = 238.0 kJ
(A) PV = RT (iii) C–Cl = 327.2 kJ
(B) PV + a/V = RT (iv) H–Cl = 429.8 kJ
(C) PV – Pb = RT the enthalpy of the reaction :
(D) (P + a/V2) (V – b) = RT CH4 + 2Cl2→ CH2Cl2 + 2HCl will be
(A) +202.6 kJ (B) –202.6 kJ
Q.33 When an aqeous solution of Na2SO4 was
(C) +220.1 kJ (D) +870 kJ
electrolyzed, 1440 ml of hydrogen was
liberated at the cathode. The volume of Q.40 Oxalic acid, H2C2O4, reacts with
oxygen liberated at anode would be : permanganate ion according to the balanced
equation given below :
(A) 540 mL (B) 720 mL 5H2C2O4(aq) + 2MnO4– (aq) + 6H+(aq)
(C) 1440 mL (D) 2880 mL → 2Mn2+ (aq) + 10CO2(g) + 8H2O(l)
Q.34 A reversible adiabatic expansion is an How many mL of 0.0154 M KMnO4 solution
(A) isothermal process are required to react with 25.0 mL of 0.0208
(B) isobaric process M H2 C2 O4 solution ?
(C) isoentropic process (A) 13.5 mL (B) 18.5 mL
(D) isochoric process (C) 33.8 mL (D) 84.4 mL
Q.35 The desalination of sea water involves the Q.41 Which of these mixtures constitute buffer
phenomenon of solutions ?
(A) Sedimentaton Mixture 1 : 25 mL of 0.10 M HNO3 and 25
(B) Distillation mL of 0.10 M NaNO3
(C) Precipitation Mixture 2 : 25 mL of 0.10 M HC2H3O2 and
(D) Reverse osmosis 25 mL of 0.10 M NaOH
(A) 1 only (B) 2 only
Q.36 CaF2 (Mol. Wt. = 78) has a solibility of (C) both 1 and 2 (D) neither 1 nor 2
1.6 × 10–2 g dm–3 at 293K. The solubility
Q.42 Nickel metal is added to a solution containing
product of CaF2 is
1.0 M Pb2+(aq) and 1.0 M Cd2+(aq). Use the
(A) 3.45 × 10–11 (B) 4.20 × 10–8
–4 standard reduction potential to determine
(C) 2.56 × 10 (D) 4.69 × 10–9
which of the following reaction (s) will occur.
Q.37 Raman's scattering of visible light is shown Reaction 1 : Ni(s) + Pb2+ (aq) → Pb(s) + Ni2+ (aq)
by Reaction 2 : Ni(s) + Cd2+ (aq) → Cd(s) + Ni2+(aq)
(A) Polar molecules Reactions :
(B) Non-polar molecules Pb2+(aq) + 2e– = Pb(s) E° = –0.13 V
(C) Molecules with permanent dipole Ni2+(aq) + 2e– = Ni(s) E° = –0.23 V
moment Cd2+(aq) + 2e– = Cd(s) E° = –0.40 V
(D) Ions (A) 1 only (B) 2 only
(C) both 1 and 2 (D) neither 1 nor 2

AREERRoad No.1,
POINT, CPIPIA, Kota
Tower, (Raj.),
Road No.1, Ph:IPIA,
0744-3040000
Kota (Raj.) Ph.: 0744-3040000
Q.43 An electrochemical cell constructed for the Q.47 What is the Na+ ion concentration in the
reaction : solution formed by mixing 20 ml of 0.10 M
Cu2+(aq) + M(s) → Cu(s) + M2+(aq) has an E° = Na2SO4 solution with 50 mL of 0.30M
0.75 V. The standard reduction potential for Na3PO4 solution ?
Cu2+ (aq) is 0.34 V. What is the standard (A) 0.15 M (B) 0.24 M
reduction potential for M2+(aq) ? (C) 0.48 (D) 0.70
(A) 1.09 V (B) 0.410 V Q.48 Ultra violet light absorption occurring in
(C) –0410 V (D) –1.09 V protein is due to the presence of
(A) Alanine (B) Cysteine
Q.44 A 0.200 g sample of benzoic acid,
(C) Glutamic acid (D) Tryptophan
C6H5COOH, is titrated with a 0.120 M Ba
(OH)2 solution. What volume of the Ba(OH)2 Q.49 The amino acid prolin allows bending of a
solution is required to reach the equivalence polypeptide in secondary structure of protein.
point ? This is possible due to
[C6H5COOH,Molar Mass = 122.1 g.mol–1] (A) Presence of peptide bond
(B) Abence of hydrogen bond
(A) 6.82 mL (B) 13.6 mL (C) Presence of hydrogen bond
(C) 17.6 mL (D) 35.2 mL (D) Steric hindrance
Q.50 Which of the amino acid stabilizes tertiary
Q.45 The amount of sodium hydrogen carbonate, structure of protein through formation of
NaHCO3, in an antacid tablet is to be covalent bond ?
determined by dissolving the tablet in water (A) Tyrosine (B) Methionine
and then titrating the resulting solution with (C) Cysteine (D) Valine
hydrochloric acid. Which indicator is the
Q.51 Reversible binding of oxygen occurs through
most appropriate for this titration ?
(A) Fe (B) Cu (C) Mg (D) Ca
Acid ka
H2CO3 2.5 × 10–4 Q.52 A mixture of three amino acids glycine (Gly),
–
HCO3 2.4 × 10–8 lysine (Lys) and glutamic acid (Glu) was
(A) methyl orange, pKin = 3.7 separated by an anion exhchange
(B) bromothymol blue, pKin = 7.0 chromatography process. The order of elution
(C) phenolphthalein, pKin = 9.3 of amino acids from the column is
(D) alizarin yellow, pKin = 12.5 (A) Glu, Lys, Gly (B) Lys, Glu, Gly
(C) Gly, Luys, Glu (D) Glu, Gly, Lys
Q.46 According to this phase diagram, which
phases can exist at pressures lower than the Q.53 The negative charge of the cell membrane is
triple point pressure ? due to presence of
(A) Phospholipid (B) Protein
(C) Glycolipid (D) Glycoprotein
Pressure
Q.54 Ten DNA molecules undergo replication 2

times. The total number DNA molecules
Temperature produced are
(A) gas only (A) 10 (B) 20 (C) 30 (D) 40
(B) solid and gas only Q.55 Enzymatic hydrolysis of starch leads to
(C) liquid only release of
(D) solid and liquid only (A) Fructose (B) Mannose
(C) Glucose (D) Xylose
AREERRoad No.1,
POINT, CPIPIA, Kota
Tower, (Raj.),
Road No.1, Ph:IPIA,
0744-3040000
Kota (Raj.) Ph.: 0744-3040000
Q.64 For the atoms Li, Be, B and Na, the correct
Q.56 The template on which protein synthesis order of increasing atomic redius is :
occurs during translation is (A) B, Be, Li, Na (B) Li, Be, B, Na
(A) Protein (B) m RNA (C) Be, Li, B, Na (D) Be, B, Li, Na
(C) DNA (D) t RNA
Q.57 The biomolecule which does not have a Q.65 How many nearest neighbors surround each
secondary structure is ion in a face-centered cubic lattice of an ionic
(A) Lipid (B) Protein crystal ?
(C) DNA (D) RNA (A) 4 (B) 6 (C) 8 (D) 12
Q.58 A currency counting machine counts 60 Q.66 Methyl-t-butyl ether, C5H12O, is added to
million notes per day. A bank has an many gasoline to promote cleaner burning.How
notes as number of oxygen atoms in 24.8 g of many moles of oxygen gas, O2 are required to
Na2S2O3 5H2O (M.W. = 248) burn 1.0 mol of this compound completely to
How many days would be required to count form carbon dioxide and water ?
these notes ? (A) 4.5 mol (B) 6.0 mol
(A) 9.33 × 1017 (B) 7.03 × 1010 (C) 7.5 mol (D) 8.0 mol
15
(C) 8.03 × 10 (D) 6.66 × 10–12
Q.67 1 mL of concentrated aqueous ammonia is
Q.59 What volume of water should be added to added dropwise to 1 mL of a dilute aqueous
1600 ml of a 0.205 N solution so that the solution of Cu(II). What observations can be
resulting solution will be 0.2 N ? made during this process ?
(A) 40 mL (B) 50 mL (A) The colorless Cu(II) nitrate solution turns
(C) 100 mL (D) 20 mL blue and yields a dark blue precipitate
(B) The colorless copper (II) nitrate solution
yields a white precipitate which turns
Q.60 Which of the following equations represented dark blue upon standing.
an oxidation-reduction reaction ? (C) The light blue copper (II) nitrate solution
(A) H2SO4 + 2NH3 → (NH4)2 SO4 yields a white precipitate which
(B) H2SO4 + Na2CO3 → Na2SO4 + H2O + redissolves to form a dark blue solution.
(D) The light blue copper (II) nitrate solution
CO2
turns dark
(C) 2K2CrO4 + H2SO4 → K2Cr2O7 + K2SO4 +
H2O Q.68 Two white solids, lead (II) chloride and silver
chloride can be distinguished from each other
(D) 2H2SO4 + Cu → CuSO4 + 2H2O + SO2 by -
(A) adding cold water to each : the silver
Q.61 Sapphire is a mineral of chloride will dissolve.
(A) Cu (B) Zn (C) Al (D) Mg (B) adding hot water to each : the lead (II)
chloride will dissolve.
Q.62 Which of these ion is expected to be colored (C) adding sodium chloride solution to each :
the lead (II) chloride will become warm
in aqueous solution ?
and release chlorine gas.
[I] Fe3+ [II] Zn2+ [III] Al3+ [IV] Sc3+ (D) adding zinc chloride solution to each : the
(A) [I] only (B) [III] only silver chloride will change to metallic
(C) [I] and [II] only (D) [I], [II] and [III] silver.
Q.69 A catalyst speeds up a chemical reraction by
Q.63 How many unpaired electrons are in a Fe2+ (A) shifting the equilibrium
ion in the ground state ? (B) increasing the activation energy
(A) 0 (B) 2 (C) 4 (D) 6 (C) initiating the reaction
(D) decreasing enrgy of activation

AREERRoad No.1,
POINT, CPIPIA, Kota
Tower, (Raj.),
Road No.1, Ph:IPIA,
0744-3040000
Kota (Raj.) Ph.: 0744-3040000
Q.70 Evidence for the electron arrangement in Q.76 The maximum possible number of hydrogen
atoms has been obtained primarily from the bonds a water molecule can form is
study of (A) 2 (B) 4 (C) 3 (D) 1
(A) isotopes (B) radioactivity
(C) stoichiometry (D) atomic spectra
Q.77 CuSO4 reacts with KCN to form water
Q.71 In which of the following pairs are both insoluble CuCN. This insoluble precipitate
molecules polar ? dissolves in excess of KCN, due to formation
(A) O2 and H2O (B) BF3 and PCl3
of the following complex
(C) SO2 and SCl2 (D) CS2 and NO2
(A) K2[Cu(CN)4] (B) K3[Cu(CN)4]
Q.72 In which of the following transition metal ion (C) Cu(CN)2 (D) Cu[KCu(CN)4]
complexes, the colour in not due to
d-d transition ? Q.78 An impossible arrangement of the set of
(A) [Ti(H2O)6]3+ and [CoF6]3– quantum number is :
(B) [Ti(H2O)6]3+ and [MnO4]–
(C) [CoF6]3– and [CrO4]2– n l m s
(D) [MnO4]– and [CrO4]2– (A) 3 2 –2 1/2
(B) 4 0 0 1/2
Q.73 The hydrated salt Na2SO4.nH2O loses all (C) 3 2 –3 1/2
water of crystallization on heating and is
(D) 1 0 0 –1/2
resuced to 44.1% of its original weight.
Therefore, the value n is
(A) 5 (B) 10 (C) 6 (D) 7
Q.79 Which of the following has the highest bond
order ?
Q.74 A match box exhibits
(A) O2 (B) O2+
(A) Cubic geometry –
(C) O2 (D) O22–
(B) Monoclinic geometry
(C) Tetragonal geometry Q.80 The simplest formula of a compound
(D) Orthorhombic geometry containing 50% of element ‘A’ (Atomic
weight = 10) and 50% of element ‘B’
Q.75 The noble gas was first time discovered by
(Atomic weight = 20) is
(A) Cavendish (B) Willian Ramsay
(A) AB (B) A2B
(C) Rayleigh (D) Frankland
(C) A2B2 (D) A2B3
ANSWER KEY
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
Ans. B B A B A C D C A A B A D A D B C A C B D A B D A
Que. 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
Ans. D D D A A D C B C D A B B B A D A C A A B D D B C
Que. 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75
Ans. A D A D C B A C A D C A C A D C C B D D C D B D B
Que. 76 77 78 79 80
Ans. B B C B B

AREERRoad No.1,
POINT, CPIPIA, Kota
Tower, (Raj.),
Road No.1, Ph:IPIA,
0744-3040000
Kota (Raj.) Ph.: 0744-3040000

Q.6 An alcohol, an aldehyde and a carboxylic acid
This is question paper contains 80 multiple-choice of comparable mass will have their boiling
question. Each correct answer carries 3 marks and points in the order
1 mark will be deduced for each wrong answer. No (A) alcohol < carboylic acid < aldchyde
weightage II be given to unattempted question. (B) aldehyde < alcohol < carboxylic acid
(C) alcohol < aldehyde < carboxylic acid
Q.1 The most acidic among the following (D) carboxylic acid < aldehyde < alcohol
compounds is
OH Q.7 The substances used for the preparation of
(A) Cl–CH2–CH2–OH (B) ether by williamson's synthesis are
(A) (CH3)3 C Br and CH3 O Na
OH OH (B) (CH3)3 C Br and CH3OH
(C) (D) (C) CH3 Br and (CH3)3 CO Na
NO2 CH3 (D) CH3 Br and (CH3)3 C OH
Q.8 The IUPAC name of is

Q.2 The number of ether metamers represented by
the molecular formula C4H10O is
(A) 1 (B) 2
Br
(C) 3 (D) 4
(A) 2-bromo-3-methylbut-3-ene
Q.3 An isocyanide on recuction with hydrogen in (B) 4-bromo-3-methylbut-2-ene
the presence of platinum gives (C) 2-bromo-3-methylbut-3-ene
(A) amide (B) primary amine
(D) 4-bromo-2,3-dimethylbut-2-ene
(C) secondary amine (D) alcohol
Q.9 The product A in the reaction
Q.4 The compound X in the reaction,
Br
anhydrous AlCl3
+ ICl    
→ X is
2 + 2Na dry
ether

→
Cl I A + 2NaBr is
(A) (B)
(A)
Cl I
Br
(B)
(C) (D)
Cl
(C) 2
I
Q.5 SN reactivity of the following halides.
(i) (CH3)3 C Br (D)
(ii) (C6H5)2 CH Br
(iii) (C6H5)2 C (CH3) Br Q.10 The isomeric alcohol which has a chiral
(iv) (CH3)2 CH Br will be in the order carbon atom is
(A) iv > i > ii > iii (B) ii > i > iii > iv (A) n-butyl alcohol
(C) i > iii > ii > iv (D) iii > ii > i > iv (B) iso-butyl alcohol
(C) sec-butyl alcohol
(D) tert-butyl alcohol

AREERRoad No.1,
POINT, CPIPIA, Kota
Tower, (Raj.),
Road No.1, Ph:IPIA,
0744-3040000
Kota (Raj.) Ph.: 0744-3040000
1/8
Q.11 Geometrical isomerism results because the Q.17 The pair of enatiomers among the following
molecule compounds is -
(A) rotates the plane of polarized light CH3 CH3
(B) has a plane of symmetry Ph H Br
H
(C) has a centre of symmetry
(D) has two dissimilar groups attached to Br Ph
both ends of double bond
I II
Q.12 During alcoholic ends fermentation of sugars,
CH3 H
the enzyme which converts glucose
(or fructose) into ethanol is Ph Br Br CH3
(A) zymase (B) invertase
H Ph
(C) maltase (D) urease
III IV
Q.13 Compound X on treatment with HI gives Y.Y
on treatment with ethanolic KOH gives Z (an (A) I and IV (B) II and IV
isomer of X). Ozonolysis of Z (with H2O2 (C) II and III (D) I and II
workup) gives a two-carbon carboxylic acid
and four carbon ketone. Hence, X is - Q.18 Compund X (C5H10O) is a chiral alcohol. It is
(A) 2-methyl-2-pentene catalytically hydrogenated to an achiral
(B) 4-methyl-1-pentene alcohol Y (C2H12O) and oxidized by activated
(C) 2,3-dimethyl-2-butene MnO2 to an achiral carbonyl compound Z
(D) 3-methyl-1-pentene (C5H10O). Compound X is-
(A) 1-pentene-3-ol
Q.14 The reagent which will be suitable to (B) 4-penten-2-ol
distinguish 1-methoxy-3-methyl-2-butene (C) 3-methyl-2-buten-1-ol
from isomeric 4-methyl-3-penten-1ol is- (D) 2-methyl-2-buten-1-ol
(A) bromine in chloroform
(B) alkaline potassium permanganate Q.19 4-Oxobutanoic acid is reduced with Na-
(C) ammoniacal silver nitrate borohydride and the product is treated with
(D) sodium metal suspended in hexane aqueous acid. The final product is-
Q.15 The major product of the following reaction O O
(A) (B) COOH
is
OH
CH3
i ) H 3PO 4 , 150°C O OH
(   → (C) (D)
( ii ) C 6 H 5COOH
O
O
Q.20 The nitrogen atom in the cyclic compounds
(A) O (B) can be removed as trimethylamine by
OH successive Hoffmann eliminations (involving
CHO exhaustive methylation followed by heating
(C) (D) with AgOH). The amine which will require a
greater number of Hoffmann eliminations is -
CHO CH3
(A) (B)
N N
Q.16 Among the following isomeric chloro
compounds, the compound which will
undergo SN2 reaction readily is
CH3 CH3
(A) 4-chloro-1-butene N
(B) 1-chloro-1-butene CH3
N
(C) 1-chloro-2-butene (C) (D)
(D) 2-chloro-1-butene
AREERRoad No.1,
POINT, CPIPIA, Kota
Tower, (Raj.),
Road No.1, Ph:IPIA,
0744-3040000
Kota (Raj.) Ph.: 0744-3040000
Q.21 → Y Dry
X Mg  → Z hot
CO 2
KMnO

4 → P Q.24 An electric current is passed through a silver
ether +
H voltameter connected to a water voltameter.
The two isomeric compounds which will give 0.324 g of silver was deposited on the
the same tricarboxylic acid after the above cathode of the silver volameter. The volume
sequence of reactions are- of oxygen evolved at NTP is
Br (A) 5.6 cm3 (B) 16.8 cm3
3
Br
(C) 11.2 cm (D) 22.4 cm3
Q.25 The hydrolysis constant of 0.5 M ammonium

benzoate is 6.25 × 10–6 . The percentage
hydrolysis of the salt is-
I II (A) 0.25 (B) 0.177
Br Br (C) 0.125 (D) 0.50
Q.26 For a chemical reaction, A + B → C + D, the

following data was recorded :
III IV Set No. Initial Initial Rate of
(A) I and II (B) III and IV concentration of Concentration of reaction
(C) I and IV (D) II and III ‘A’(mol. dm–3) ‘B’(mol.dm–3) (mol.dm–3 s–1)
1 4.00 3.00 0.10
Q.22 The most favorable product of the following 2 12.00 3.00 0.90
reaction is - 3 12.00 6.00 0.90
O H
The correct rate expression for the reaction is
N (A) rate = k[A] [B] (B) rate = k[A]2[B]2
2
+
(C) rate = k [A] (D) rate = k [A][B]2
+ H→
heat
Q.27 The plot represting langmuri's adsorption

isotherm is
(A) (B)
N N
x/m x/m
P P
I II
(C) (D)
x/m x/m
N
O O
P P
N
Q.28 For a dilute solution; Raoult's law states that-
(A) the lowering of vapour pressure is equal
III IV to the mole fraction of the solute.
(A) I (B) II (C) III (D) IV (B) the relative lowering of vapour pressure is
equal to the mole fraction of the solute
Q.23 3.7 dm3 of 1 M NaOH solution is mixed (C) the vapour pressure of solution is equal to
5 dm3 of 0.3 M NaOH solution. The molarity the mole fraction of solution.
of the resulting solution is - (D) the relative lowering of vapour pressure
(A) 0.80 M (B) 0.10 M is proportional to the amount of solute in
the solution
(C) 0.73 M (D) 0.59 M

AREERRoad No.1,
POINT, CPIPIA, Kota
Tower, (Raj.),
Road No.1, Ph:IPIA,
0744-3040000
Kota (Raj.) Ph.: 0744-3040000
Q.29 For the reaction 2HI(g) H2(g) + I2(g) Q.37 The equilibrium constant Kc for the reaction.
(A) Kp = Kc (B) Kp > Kc 2NaHCO3(s) Na2CO3 + CO2(g) + H2O(g)
(C) Kp < Kc (D) Kc = Kp is represented by-
[ Na 2 CO 3 ] [CO 2 ] [H 2 O]
(A) Kc =
[ NaHCO3 ]2
Q.30 If the equilibrium constants of the reactions,
2SO3 2SO2 + O2 [ Na 2 CO 2 ]
(B) Kc =
and [ NaHCO3 ]2
SO2 + 1/2O2 SO3 (C) Kc = [CO2] [H2O]
are K1 and K2 respectively, the correct (D) Kc = ρ CO 2 × ρ H 2 O
relation between the two equilibrium
constants is, Q.38 When CO2 dissolves in water, the following
1 equilibrium is established
(A) K2 = (K1)–1 (B) K2 =
K1 CO2 + 2H2O H3O3+ + HC31–
If the equilibrium constant for the reaction is
(C) K2 = (1/K1)2 (D) K2 = K1
[HCO13− ]
3.8 × 10–7 and pH = 6, the ratio will
[CO 2 ]
Q.31 The amount of copper (At. wt. = 63.54)
deposited by passing 0.2 faraday of electricity be
through copper sulphate is - (A) 3.8 × 10–13 (B) 3.8 × 10–13
(A) 3.175 g (B) 6.350 g (C) 6.0 (D) 3.0
(C) 31.75 g (D) 63.35 g
Q.39 For a zero order reaction, the unit of rate
Q.32 A radioactive element has half life of 14 constant is
hours. The fraction of the radioactive isotope (A) S–1 (B) mol.dm–3 s–1
which will disintegrate in 56 hours is - (C) dm3 mol–1 s–1 (D) mol2. dm–6 s–1
(A) 0.75 (B) 0.875
(C) 0.9375 (D) 0.60 Q.40 For the isobaric gaseous reaction, the
enthalpy change given by-
Q.33 The fundamental particle responsible for (A) ∆H = ∆E + ∆nRT
keeping the nucleus together is (B) ∆H = ∆E + P ∆ V
(A) meson (B) muon (C) ∆H = ∆E + ∆nP∆V
(C) positron (D) hyperon (D) ∆H = ∆E + V ∆ P
Q.34 The maximum number of electrons in 3dZ2
Q.41 When aqueous solution of sodium chloride is
orbital is-
electrolysed using platinum electrode the
(A) 2 (B) 4 (C) 5 (D) 10
cathode reaction is,
Q.35 The ion which has 18 electrons in the (A) Na+ + e– → Na
outermost shell is- (B) H2O + e– → 1/2 H2 + OH–
(A) Cu+ (Z = 29) (B) Al3+ (Z =13) (C) Na+ + OH– → Na + H+ + e–
+
(C) K (Z = 19) (D) Th4+ (Z = 29) (D) Na+ + H2O + e– → Na + H+ + OH–
Q.36 Heating of a solution does not change

Q.42 0.14 g of a substance when burnt in oxygen
(A) the normality of the solution
yields 0.28 g of oxide. The substance is
(B) the molarity of the solution
(A) nitrogen (B) carbon
(C) the molality of the solution
(C) sulphur (D) phosphorous
(D) the density of the solution
AREERRoad No.1,
POINT, CPIPIA, Kota
Tower, (Raj.),
Road No.1, Ph:IPIA,
0744-3040000
Kota (Raj.) Ph.: 0744-3040000
Q.43 Carbonic acid, H2CO3, is a diprotic acid for Q.51 The molecular geometry for ammonia is-
which K1 = 4.2 × 10–7. and K2 = 4.7 × 10–11 (A) saw horse (B) trigonal planar
The solution which will have a pH closest to (C) tetrahedral (D) pyramidal
9 is -
(A) 0.1 M H2CO3 Q.52 The sequence of molecular orbitals for the
(B) 0.1 M Na2CO3 carbide ion (C2–2) is-
(C) 0.1 M NaHCO3 (A) σ 1s2 σ*1s2 σ 2s2 σ* 2s2 π 2p4
(D) 0.1 M NaHCO3 + 0.1 M Na2CO3 (B) σ 1s2 σ*1s2 σ 2s2 σ* 2s2 π 2p2 σ 2p2
(C) σ 1s2 σ*1s2 σ 2s2 σ* 2s2 π 2p4 σ 2p2 π* 2p2
Q.44 For a face centered cubic lattice, the unit cell (D) σ 1s2 σ*1s2 σ 2s2 σ* 2s2 π 2p4 σ 2p2 π* 2p4
content is
(A) 1 (B) 2 Q.53 The correct balanced chemical equation for
(C) 3 (D) 4 the reaction between Al and S is
Q.45 The hybridization of the atomic orbitals of (A) 16Al + 3S8 → 8Al2S3
sulphur in SO3,SO42– and SF4 are respectively (B) 12Al + S8 → 4Al3S2
(A) sp, sp3, sp2 (B) sp, sp2, sp3 d (C) 8Al + S8 → 8AlS
2 3
(C) sp , sp, sp (D) sp2, sp3, sp3 d (D) 4Al + S8 → 4AlS2
Q.46 The number of molecules of hydration Q.54 The standard electrode potential values for
present in 252 mg of oxalic acid is four metals K.L M and N are respectively, –
(A) 2.68 × 1018 (B) 2.52 × 1021 3.05, –1.66, –0.40 and +0.80 V. The best
(C) 1.83 × 1024 (D) 2.4 × 1021 reducing agnet is -
(A) L (B) K (C) N (D) M
Q.47 The ozone hole in the upper atmospheres of
the earth is due to the breakdown of ozone to Q.55 The strongest Bronsted base among the
oxygen. The reaction is catalyzed by- following compounds is-
(A) chloroflurocarbons (A) NaCH3 (B) NaOH
(B) oxygen generated during the reaction (C) NaF (D) NaNH2
(C) carbon dioxide present in the atmosphere
(D) chlorine formed by the decomposition of Q.56 The number of sigma and pi bonds in the
chlorofluorocarbons following compound is-
NC M(CO)3
Q.48 The compound with the lowest oxidation state C=C
of iron is- NC C2H5
(A) Fe2O (B) Fe3O4 (A) 19.11 (B) 19,05
(C) K3Fe(CN)6 (D) K4Fe(CN)6 (C) 13,11 (D) 07,06
Q.49 The molecule which does not have a net Q.57 The aqua ion which will be almost colorless
dipole moment is - is-
(A) H2O (B) NH3 (A) Cu2+ (B) Cr2+ (C) Ti4+ (D) Mn2+
(C) BF3 (D) BrF5
Q.58 Among the following, the chiral complex is-
Q.50 The electron-pair geometry of the central (A) [Cr(Ox)3]3–
oxygen atom of ozone is- (B) cis [PtCl2(en)]
(A) linear (C) cis [RhCl2(NH3)4]+
(B) trigonal planar (D) trans [PtCl2 (en)]
(C) tetrahedral
(D) trigonal bipyramidal
AREERRoad No.1,
POINT, CPIPIA, Kota
Tower, (Raj.),
Road No.1, Ph:IPIA,
0744-3040000
Kota (Raj.) Ph.: 0744-3040000
Q.59 MnO4–1 is of intense pink colour, though Mn Q.67 The most likely change occurring in a protein
is in +VII oxidation state. This is due sample when treated with 6M HCl is-
(A) d-d transition (A) formation of disulphide bond
(B) charge transfer when Mn gives electron to (B) formation of peptide bond
oxygen (C) hydrolysis of peptide bond
(C) charge transfer when oxygen gives its (D) oxidation of disulphide bond
electrons to Mn making it + VI
Q.68 The order of the energy released by biological
(D) absorption of IR frequencies
oxidation of equal amounts (moles) of
glucose, sucrose and starch is-
Q.60 MgSO4 on reaction with NH4OH and (A) starch > sucrose > glucose
Na2HPO4 forms a white crystalline (B) starch > glucose > sucrose
precipitate. The formula of the precipitate is- (C) sucrose > glucose > starch
(A) Mg(NH4) PO4 (B) Mg3(PO4)2 (D) glucose > sucrose > starch
(C) MgCl2. MgSO4 (D) MgSO4
Q.69 Precipitation of protein from a solution is
Q.61 The species having tetrahedral shape is-
generally achieved by using ammonium
(A) [PdCl4]2– (B) [Ni(CN)4]2– sulphate solution this could be a result of-
(C) [Pd(CN)4]2– (D) [Ni(Cl)4]2– (A) neutralization of the charge of the protein
(B) increase in hydrophilicity of the protein
Q.62 The types of isomerism shown by (C) increase in hydrophobicity of the protein
Co(NH3)4Br2Cl are- (D) formation of salt protein complex
(A) Geometrical and ionization
(B) Optical and ionization Q.70 Enzymatic break down of cellulose will yield
(C) Geometrical and optical monomers of -
(D) Geometrical only (A) Galactose (B) Glucose
(C) Fructose (D) Ribose
Q.63 The silicates formed from [SiO4]4– tetrahedral
units by sharing three oxygen atoms are Q.71 The trend of isoelectric point (PI) of the
amino acids, glycine, lysine and aspartic acid
(A) Sheet silicates
is-
(B) Pyrosilicates
(A) glycine > lysine > aspartic acid
(C) Linear Chain silicates
(B) aspartic acid > lysine > glycine
(D) Three dimensional dilicates
(C) aspartic acid > glycine > lysine
(D) lysine > aspartic acid > glycine
Q.64 The species cotaining the maximum number
of lone pairs in the central atom is - Q.72 The chemical substance which can be used to
(A) CIO3– (B) XeF4 (C) SF4 (D) I3– isolate a protein present inside the cell
membrane is
Q.65 The nucleic acid which bears a codon in its (A) Chelating agent (B) Dilute acid
structure in its structure is- (C) Detergent (D) Urea solutions
(A) r RNA (B) t RNA Q.73 The chemical force playing an important role
(C) m RNA (D) DNA in binding of codon to anticodon is
(A) covalent bond
Q.66 Protein synthesis does not involve- (B) co-ordinate bond
(A) amino acids (B) t RNA (C) hydrogen bond
(C) m RNA (D) DNA (D) hydrophobic bond
AREERRoad No.1,
POINT, CPIPIA, Kota
Tower, (Raj.),
Road No.1, Ph:IPIA,
0744-3040000
Kota (Raj.) Ph.: 0744-3040000
Q.74 The ionization of benzoic acid is represented Q.78 P4(s) + 3OH– (aq) + 3H2O (l) → PH3(g) +
by the equation 3H2PO2– (aq)
C6H5COOH(sq) H+ (aq) + C6H5COO–(aq) In the above equation, the species H2PO2–
If a 0.045 M solution of benzoic acid has an getting oxidized and reduced respectively are
[H+] = 1.7 × 10–3, then the Ka of benzoic acid (A) P4 and OH– (B) OH– and P4
is- (C) P4 and H2O (D) P4 and P4
(A) 7.7 × 10–5 (B) 6.4 × 10–5
(C) 3.8 × 10–2 (D) 8.4 × 10–1 Q.79 10Cl–(aq) + 2MnO4–(aq) + 16H+(aq)
→ 5Cl2 (g) + 2Mn2+(aq) + 8H2O(l) The
Q.75 If the Ksp of CaF2 at 25°C is 1.6 × 10–10, then value of E° for the above reaction at 25°C is
the number of moles of the salt that must be 0.15V. Hence, the value of K for this reaction
dissolved in 2.0 L of water at 25°C to form a is-
saturated solution is
(A) 2.4 × 1025 (B) 4.9 × 1012
(A) 2.6 × 10–2 mol (B) 1.3 × 10–3 mol 5
–4
(C) 1.2 × 10 (D) 3.4 × 102
(C) 6.8 × 10 mol (D) 3.4 × 10–4 mol
Q.80 The magnetic moment of a transition metal
Q.76 The oxidation-reduction reaction reaction
ion is found to be 3.87 Bohr magneton (BM).
among the following is
The number of unpaired electrons present in
(A) H2SO4 + 2NH3 → (NH4)2SO4 it is
(B) H2SO4 + Na2CO3 → Na2SO4 + H2O + CO2 (A) 2 (B) 3
(C) 2K2Cr2O4+ Η2SO4→ (C) 4 (D) 5
K2Cr2O7+ K2SO4 + H2O
(D) 2H2SO4 + Cu → CuSO4 + 2H2O + SO2
Q.77 Silver metal reacts with nitric acid according

to the equation
3Ag(s) + 4HNO3 (aq) → 3AgNO3(aq) +
NO(g) + 2H2O (l)
The volume of 1.15 M HNO3 (aq) required to
react with 0.784g of silver is-
(A) 4.74 mL (B) 6.32 mL
(C) 8.43 mL (D) 25.3 mL

AREERRoad No.1,
POINT, CPIPIA, Kota
Tower, (Raj.),
Road No.1, Ph:IPIA,
0744-3040000
Kota (Raj.) Ph.: 0744-3040000
ANSWER KEY
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
Ans. C C C B D B C B D C D A D D A A C A A B C B D B A
Que. 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
Ans. C B B A B B C A A A C C B B A B C C D D D D A C B
Que. 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75
Ans. C B A B A A C A C A D A A D C D C A C B C C C B C
Que. 76 77 78 79 80
Ans. D C D A B

AREERRoad No.1,
POINT, CPIPIA, Kota
Tower, (Raj.),
Road No.1, Ph:IPIA,
0744-3040000
Kota (Raj.) Ph.: 0744-3040000

This is question paper contains 80 multiple-choice Q.8 A container having volume V contains an
question. Each correct answer carries 3 marks and ideal gas at 1 atm pressure. It is connected to
1 mark will be deduced for each wrong answer. No another evaculated container having volume
weightage II be given to unattempted question. 0.5 dm3 through a tube having negligible
volume. After some time the first container is
Q.1 The orange colour of carrot is due to the
found to have pressure 570 mm of Hg. If
presence of β-carotene in it. β-carotene is
temperature is constant V is
coloured due to the presence of
(A) Aromatic ring (A) 1.0 dm3 (B) 1.5 dm3
(B) Extended conjugation (C) 2.0 dm3 (D) 2.5 dm3
(C) Cyclic conjugation
(D) Carbonyl group Q.9 The set that contains all nucleophiles is
(A) H2O, BF3, Cl–, NH3
Q.2 Keto and enol forms of a compound are
(B) CH3NH2, H2O, I–, CH3–SH
related to each other as
(A) Resonacne structure (C) AlCl3, H+, BF3, I2
(B) Conformations (D) AlCl4–, OH–, Br–, H2
(C) Configurational isomers
(D) Constitutional isomers Q.10 The pair which contains both molecules polar
is
Q.3 A solution of 0.10 M NaZ has pH = 8.90. The
(A) O2 & H2O (B) CO2 & PCl3
Ka of HZ is
(A) 1.6 × 10–4 (B) 1.6 × 10–5 (C) SO2 & SCl2 (D) CS2 & NO2
–10
(C) 6.3 × 10 (D) 6.3 × 10–11
Q.11 The intermediate formed in the following
Q.4 The structure of SF4 is reaction is
(A) Trigonal bipyramidal Cl OH
(B) Square planar CH3–CH2–C–CH3 + NaOH → CH3–CH2–C–CH3 + NaCl
(C) Tetrahedral
(D) Octahedral CH3 CH3
CH3
Q.5 The conversion which represents oxidation is
δ+
(A) NO–2 → N2 (A) CH3–CH2–C–CH3
(B) VO2+ → VO3–
(C) ClO– → Cl– δ–Cl
(D) CrO42– → Cr2O72– CH2CH3
Q.6 The number of all types of isomers of (B) HO C Cl

chlorobutane is
(A) 2 (B) 4 (C) 6 (D) 5 H 3C CH3
+
Q.7 The secondary structure of a protein molecule (C) CH3–CH2–C–CH3
can be promoted by the presence of CH3
(A) Proline residues
CH3
(B) Glycine residues
(C) Leucine residues (D) CH3–CH2–C–CH3
⊕
(D) Aspartic acid residues
CAREER POINT, CP Tower, Road No.1, IPIA, Kota (Raj.) Ph.: 0744-3040000
1/7
Q.12 The formula of tetraammineaquochlorocobalt Q.18 Cyclohexene reacts with limited amount of
(III) chloride is bromine in the presence of light to form
(A) [Co(NH2)4(H2O)Cl]Cl2 product X (C6H9Br). The statement correct
(B) [Co(NH2)4(H2O)Cl]Cl about X is
(C) [Co(NH3)4(H2O)Cl]Cl2
(D) [Co(NH3)4(OH)Cl2]Cl (A) It is racemate
(B) It is a product of an addition reaction
Q.13 The IUPAC nane of the following compound
(C) It is formed through a cationic
is
intermediate
O
(D) It is optically active
O
(A) n-propyl ethanoate Q.19 The compound that would undergo hydration
(B) ethyl propanoate very easily is
(C) pentanoic anhydride (A) CH3COCH2Cl
(D) n-propyl propanoate (B) CH3CH2CHO
(C) Cl3C–CHO
Q.14 The compound which would undergo SN2 (D) Cl3CCH2COCH3
reaction fastest is
Cl Q.20 In a DNA molecule -
(A) A = C (B) A + G = C + T
(A)
(C) T = G (D) A/T = 2
Cl
(B)
(C) Br Q.21 Some heavy water is added to pure water.
Br The numbers of different molecules and ions
present in the mixture at equilibrium are
(D) (A) 2, 0 (B) 6, 3
(C) 3, 6 (D) 3 , 4
Q.15 A reaction will never be spontaneous at any
temperature and pressure if Q.22 The product/s of the following reaction is/are
(A) ∆S = +ve, ∆H = +ve OH
(B) ∆S = +ve, ∆H = –ve + CH3CH2MgBr ether
 →
(C) ∆S = +ve, ∆H = –ve OMgBr

(D) ∆S = –ve, ∆H = –ve
(A)
CH2CH3
Q.16 The species that contains maximum number +
of electrons in the antibonding molecular (B) OH
orbitals is OMgBr
(A) O22– (B) O2 (C) O2– (D) O2+ (C) + CH3CH3
Q.17 Body-centred cubic lattice has a co-ordination O

number of (D)
(A) 8 (B) 10 (C) 6 (D) 4

AREERRoad No.1,
POINT, CPIPIA, Kota
Tower, (Raj.),
Road No.1, Ph:IPIA,
0744-3040000
Kota (Raj.) Ph.: 0744-3040000
Q.23 A compound containing beryllium has the Q.29 (i) CH2=CH–CH2–CH=CH2

following composition. Be = 6.1% N = 37.8% (ii) CH2=CH–CH=CH–CH3
Cl = 48%, H = 8.1% One mole of the (iii) CH3–CH=CH–CH=CH–CH3
compound has mass of 148 g and average
The numbers of possible geometric isomers
atomic mass of beryllium is 9. The molecular
formula of the compound is for the above compounds respectively are
(A) BeN4H12Cl2 (B) BeN2H10Cl (A) 0,2,4 (B) 2,2,4 (C) 0,3,3 (D) 0,2,3
(C) BeN4H2Cl3 (D) Be2N4H10Cl2
Q.30 The velocity of an electron in the second
Q.24 The product formed when chlorine gas is Bohr orbit of an atom of an element is
passed over hot iron is - 1.1 × 106 m sec–1. Its velocity in the third
(A) Iron (II) chloride is formed
orbit is
(B) Iron (III) chloride is formed
(C) A mixture of iron (II) chloride and iron (A) 3.3 × 106 m sec–1
(III) chloride is formed (B) 2.2 × 106 m sec–1
(D) No reactions will take place (C) 7.333 × 105 m sec–1
(D) 3.666 × 105 m sec–1
Q.25 The major product of the following reaction
is Q.31 The compound which does not react with
(CH3)2C=CH–CH2–CH3 ( i ) B 2 H 6 ,ether ( ii ) H 2 O 2 . NaOH
 → bromine easily at room temperature is
OH (A) phenol (B) 2-butyne
(A) (B) (C) chlorobenzene (D) 1-pentene
OH Q.32 The oxidation number and co-ordination

OH number of chromium in complex ion
OH
[Cr(C2O4)2 (H2O)2]– are
(C) (D) (A) 3,6 (B) 2,6 (C) 2,8 (D) 3,8
OH Q.33 The change in hybridization of aluminum

when. Al2Cl6 decomposes in the gas phase is
Q.26 20g of compound X are dissolved in 500 mL
of water and the osmotic pressure of the (A) sp2 → sp3 (B) sp → sp2
resulting solution is 500 mm of Hg at 10°C. (C) sp → sp3 (D) sp3 → sp2
The average molecular mass of X is
(A) 1115.42 (B) 1150.70 Q.34 The molarity of 20% w/w sulphuric acid of
(C) 1412.84 (D) 1163.88 density 1.14g cm–3 is
(A) 2.32 (B) 2.02 (C) 2.12 (D) 2.22
Q.27 The compound that has the highest ionic
character associated with the X–Cl bond is Q.35 The pH of a solution made by mixing 200 mL
(A) PCl5 (B) BCl3 (C) CCl4 (D) SiCl4 of 0.0657 M NaOH, 140 mL of 0.107M HCl
Q.28 When an apple is cut, the exposed part begins and 160 mL of water is
to turn brown. Often the browning action can (A) 3.04 (B) 2.43 (C) 2.74 (D) 2.27
be arrested by adding a few drops of lemon
Q.36 An inorganic bromide impurity in a sample is
juice to the exposed area. The basis for this
precipitated as silver bromide. 2.00g of the
treatment is
sample required 6.4 mL of 0.20 M AgNO3 to
(A) lemon juice is an antioxident
completly precipitate the impurity. The mass
(B) denaturation of proteins of the enzymes
percentage of the impurity is
(C) decolourization due to lemon juice
(A) 5.11 (B) 2.56
(D) activation of decolourizing enzymes
(C) 9.15 (D) 1.28
under acidic medium

AREERRoad No.1,
POINT, CPIPIA, Kota
Tower, (Raj.),
Road No.1, Ph:IPIA,
0744-3040000
Kota (Raj.) Ph.: 0744-3040000
Q.37 The major product of the following reaction Q.45 Freundlich adsorption isotherms are properly
(i ) NaNH 2 (ii ) CH 3CH 2 Br
is CH3–CH2–C≡CH       
→ represented as in
(A)
(A) H3C–CH2–C≡C–CH2–CH3 273 K
(B) H3C–CH–C≡CH 245 K
x/m
CH2CH3 195 K
(C) H3C–CH2–CH–CH3
P
NH2 (B)
(D) H3C–CH2–C≡C–NH2 273 K
x/m 245 K
Q.38 The compound which can act as an oxidizing 195 K
agent as well as a reducing agent is
P
(A) HNO2 (B) HI
(C) HCN (D) HCOOH (C)
195 K
245 K
Q.39 The sum of all the quantum numbers of x/m
273 K
hydrogen atom is
(A) –1 (B) 0 (C) +1/2 (D) 3/2
P
(D)
Q.40 The bond having the highest bond energy is 195 K
(A) C=C (B) C=S (C) C=O (D) P=N 245 K
x/m
273 K
Q.41 Adding powdered Pb and Fe to a solution
containing 1M each of Pb2+ and Fe2+ ions P
would result in the formation of
(E0 Pb2+/Pb = –0.126V and E0 Fe2+/Fe = –0.44V)
Q.46 The cell Al(s)|Al3+(aq) (0.001 M) | | Cu2+(aq)
(A) more of Pb and Fe2+ ions
(0.10 M) | Cu(s) has a standard cell potenti
(B) more of Fe and Pb2+ ions
E°=2.00V at 25°C. The cell potential at the
(C) more of Pb and Fe
given concentrations will be
(D) more of Pb2+ and Fe2+ ions
(A) 2.07V (B) 2.03V
Q.42 The formal charge on the sulphur atom in the (C) 1.97 V (D) 1.94V
structure given below is
CH3–CH2–CH2–SO–CH3 Q.47 Ethylene undergoes polymerization to
(A) 0 (B) +1 (C) –1 (D) +2 polyethylene. The monomer/s of the
following polymer is/are
Q.43 The number of transition state/s and (–CH2–CH(OCOCH3)–CH2–CH(OCOCH3)–)n
intermediate/s in a unimolecular nucleophilic (A) CH2=CH–OH+CH3COCl
substitution reaction are respectively- (B) CH2=CH–COOCH3
(A) 3,1 (B) 2,2 (C) 2,1 (D) 1,1 (C) CH2=CH–OCOCH3
(D) CH≡C–OCOCH3
Q.44 Cyclohexanone oxime is converted into Q.48 Though proteins have a range of molecular
ε-caprolactam by the treatment with weights and different compositions, the
(A) dil HCl (B) NaOC2H5 percentage of carbon in any protein is
(C) ammonia (D) conc H2SO4 (A) 50–55% (B) 40–45%
(C) 60–65% (D) 70–75%

AREERRoad No.1,
POINT, CPIPIA, Kota
Tower, (Raj.),
Road No.1, Ph:IPIA,
0744-3040000
Kota (Raj.) Ph.: 0744-3040000
Q.49 The mass of copper deposited when a current Q.56 For the following reaction, the value of K
of 10A is passed through a solution of copper changes with
(II) nitrate for 30.6s is N2(g) + O2(g) << 2NO(g) ∆H = + 180 kJ mol–1
(A) (B) (A) change in pressure
(C) (D) (B) change in concentration of oxygen
(C) introduction of NO(g)
Q.50 The coreect order of acidity of the following
(D) change in temperature
compounds is
(I) CH3COOH (II) ClCH2COOH
Q.57 The part of a DNA molecule responsible for
(III) O2NCH2COOH (IV) HOCH2COOH
the absorption of UV light is
(A) IV > II > III > I (B) I > IV > II > III
(A) Deoxyribose
(C) II > III > I > IV (D) III > II > IV > I
(B) Nitrogen base
(C) Phosphodiester bond
Q.51 Maximum number of moles of barium
(D) Phosphate group
phosphate formed when 0.9 mole of barium
chloride is mixed with 0.4 mole of sodium
Q.58 A weak acid HA has Ka 1.00 × 10–5 at 25°C.
phosphate is
If 0.100 mole of this acid is dissolved in1L
(A) 0.2 (B) 0.4 (C) 0.9 (D) 1.3
water, the percentage of the acid dissociated
at equilibrium will be closest to
Q.52 The internal energy change involved when a
(A) 0.100% (B) 99.0% (C) 1.00% (D) 99.9%
system goes from state A to state B is 40kJ. It
the system goes from A to B by a reversible Q.59 Thorium-232 loses a total of 6α particles and
path and return to A by an irreversible path, 4β particles in a decay process. The isotope
the net change in internal energy is produced at the end is
(A) 40kJ (B) > 40kJ 208 208 202 208
(A) 78 Pt (B) 82 Pb (C) 78 Pb (D) 83 Bi
(C) < 40kJ (D) zero
Q.60 Ethyl phenyl ether is treated with conc HI at
Q.53 The molarity of NH3 solution of pH 12.0 at 0°C and the mixture of products is treated
25°C is (Kb of NH3 at 25°C is 1.8 × 10–5) with thionyl chloride. The products formed
(A) 0.55 M (B) 5.5 M are
(C) 0.01 M (D) 11.7 M (A) Ethanol + Chlorobenzene
(B) Phenol + Iodoethane
(C) Iodoethane + Chlorobenzne
Q.54 The highest magnetic moment is shown by a (D) Chloroethane + Phenol
transition metal ion with the outer electronic
configuration Q.61 The correct order of the size of the species is
(A) 3d2 (B) 3d5 (C) 3d7 (D) 3d9 (A) Ca2+ < Ar < K+ < Cl–
(B) Ca2+ < K+ < Ar < S2–
Q.55 A ring system is aromatic if it is planar, has (C) K+ < Ar < Cl– < S2–
cyclic closed conjugation and has (4n + 2) π (D) Ar < Ca2+ < K+ < Cl–
electrons delocalized over the ring. Here n is Q.62 Pure germanium is an example of
(A) number of rings (A) an intrinsic semiconductor
(B) an integer including zero (B) a n-type semiconductor
(C) an integer excepts zero (C) a p-type semiconductor
(D) number of π-bonds (D) a n-p type semiconductor

AREERRoad No.1,
POINT, CPIPIA, Kota
Tower, (Raj.),
Road No.1, Ph:IPIA,
0744-3040000
Kota (Raj.) Ph.: 0744-3040000
Q.63 A nonapeptide in rat on hydrolysis gave the Q.70 If the size of gene is 1000kD, the
following identifiable tripeptides : approximate molecular weight of the
Gly-Ala-Phe, Ala-Leu-Val, Gly-Ala-Leu, corresponding m RNA is
(A) 250kD (B) 500kD
Phe-Glu-His, and His-Gly-Ala, The sequence
(C) 1000kD (D) 2000kD
in the nonapetide is
(A) Gly-Ala-Leu-Val-Phe-Glu-His-His-Gly Q.71 The following curve represents the titration of
(B) Ala-Phe-Leu-Val-Gly-Leu-Phe-Glu-His 12
(C) Gly-Ala-Phe-Glu-His-Gly-Ala-Leu-Val 10
(D) Phe-Ala-Leu-Val-Gly-Glu-His-Gly-Ala
8
Q.64 The enthalpy of formation of carbon dioxide
pH
6
and water are –395kJ and –285kJ,
1
respectively, and the enthalpy of combustion
of acetic acid is –869kJ. Hence the enthalpy 2
of formation of acetic acid is 20 60 100 120
(A) 235 kJ (B) –235 kJ Volume NaOH
(C) 420 kJ (D) 491 kJ (A) a diporotic acid
(B) two monoprotic acids with the same Ka,
Q.65 The complex that exhibits co-ordination but different concentrations
isomerism is (C) two monoprotic acids with different Ka,
(A) [Cr(NCS)(H2O)5]2+ but the same concentration
(B) [Cr(NH3)6]Cl3 (D) two monoprotic acids with different Ka,
(C) [Cr(NH3)6] [Co(CN)6] and different concentrations
(D) [CoCl2(NH3)4] Cl.H2O
Q.72 The formation of ammonia from nitrogen and
Q.66 The solubility of a salt MX is 3.60 × 10–5 mol
hydrogen gases can be written by the
dm–3. The Ksp of MX is
following two equations
(A) 3.60 × 10–5 (B) 12.96 × 10–10
–5 (a) 1/2 N2(g) + 3/2H2(g) << NH3(g)
(C) 7.20 × 10 (D) 1.80 × 10–10
(b) 1/3 N2(g) + H2(g) << 2/3 NH3(g)
Q.67 The correct order of increasing first ionization The two equations have equilibrium constans
energy is K1 and K2, respectively. The relationship
(A) Ca < K < Ne < P < F between the equilibrium constants is
(B) F < Ca < Ne < P < K (A) K1 = K22 (B) K13 = K22
2/3
(C) K < Ca < P < F < Ne (C) K1 = K2 (D) K1 = K23/2
(D) Ne < F < P < Ca < K
Q.73 The largest number of molecules are present
Q.68 The strong field liqand is in
(A) SCN– (B) NO2 (C) I– (D) S2– (A) 70g of sulphur dioxide
(B) 64g of Nitrogen pentoxide
Q.69 When an inert atmosphere is required in (C) 36g of water
metallurgical operation nitrogen is commonly (D) 34g of carbon dioxide
used. However in the extraction of titanium
from TiCl4 using magnesium, helium is used Q.74 For a first order reaction, the half-life t1/2 is
as nitrogen reacts with related to the constant (k) by the relation
(A) TiCl4 to form titanium nitride 2.303 1
(A) t(1/2) = log 2 (B) t(1/2) =
(B) magnesium to form magnesium nitride k k
(C) titanium to form titanium nitride k 2.303
(D) chlorine to form nitrogen chloride which (C) t(1/2) = log 2 (D) t(1/2) =
2.303 k
inhibits the reaction

AREERRoad No.1,
POINT, CPIPIA, Kota
Tower, (Raj.),
Road No.1, Ph:IPIA,
0744-3040000
Kota (Raj.) Ph.: 0744-3040000
Q.75 A mixture of two liquids which boils without Q.78 A gold sol is prepared by
change in composition is called (A) dissolving glod in Aqua-reqia and
(A) Stable mixture precipitation by dilution
(B) Binary liquid mixture (B) double decomposition of AuCl3
(C) Azeotropic mixture (C) Bredy's arc method
(D) Zerotropic mixture (D) grinding in a colloidal mill
Q.76 The aqueous solution having osmotic Q.79 The rate constants k1 and k2 of two reactions
pressure nearest to that of an equimolar are in the ratio 2:1. The corresponding
solution of K4[Fe(CN)6] is energies of activation of the two reactions
(A) K2SO4 (B) Na3PO4 will be related by
(C) Al2(SO4)3 (D) C6H12O6 (A) E1 > E2 (B) E1 < E2
(C) E1 = E2 (D) E1 = 2E2
Q.77 For the reaction N2 (g) + 3H2 (g) → 2NH3(g)
Which of the following is correct ?
Q.80 The correct statement about order of reaction
(A) ∆H = ∆E (B) ∆H > ∆E
is
(C) ∆H < ∆E (D) ∆H = 2∆E
(A) it can be predicted from the stoichimetric
coefficients of the reactants
(B) it has always positive integral values
(C) it has always positive integral or
fractional values
(D) it has to be determined experimentally
ANSWER KEY
Que. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
Ans. B D C A B D C B B C C C D C C A A A C B C C A B D
Que. 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
Ans. C D B D C C A D A B A A A D C A B C D C B C A A D
Que. 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75
Ans. A D A B B D B C B D B A C D C B C B B B D C or D C A C
Que. 76 77 78 79 80
Ans. C C C B D

AREERRoad No.1,
POINT, CPIPIA, Kota
Tower, (Raj.),
Road No.1, Ph:IPIA,
0744-3040000
Kota (Raj.) Ph.: 0744-3040000
1. The number of water molecules present in 0.20 g sample of CuSO4.5H2O (molar mass = 249.7) is -
(A) 1.2 × 1021 (B) 2.14 × 1021
22
(C) 2.14 × 10 (D) 1.2 × 1023
Ans. [B]
Sol. 249.7 gm of CuSO4 .5H2O contain 5 × 6.023 × 1023 molecule
5 u 6.023 u 10 23
?0.2g of CuSO4 .5H2O contain × 0.2
249.7
= 2.14 × 1021
2. The group that has the species correctly listed in the order of decreasing radius is -
(A) Cu2+, Cu+, Cu (B) V, V2+, V3+
(C) F , Br , I (D) B, Be, Li
Ans. [B]
1
Sol. Cationic radii v
effective nuclear charge
V ! V 2 ! V 3
size =
z eff n
size p
3. The number of isomers of dibromobiphenyl (Biphenyl – C6H5-C6H5) is -

(A) 8 (B) 10
(C) 12 (D) 14
Ans. [C]
4. The enthalpies of decomposition of methane (CH4)(g) and ethane (C2H6)(g) are 400 and 670 kJ mol 1,
respectively. The 'HC-C in kJmol 1 is -
(A) 270 (B) 70
(C) 200 (D) 240
Ans. [B]
Sol. CH4 oC + 4H 'H = 400 KJ/mol
?'H = (6 B. E)R – (6 B. E)P
400 = 4 C – H
?C–H = 100 kJ/mol
In C2H6 o2C + 6H 'H = 670 kJ/mol
?'H = [C–C + 6 C–H]R – [0]
670 = C–C + 6 × 100
?C–C = 70 kJ/mol
5. The correct formula for hexaaminecobalt (III) nitrate is -
(A) [Co3(NH3)] (NO3)3 (B) [Co3(NH3)6](NO3)3
(C) [Co(NO3)3].6NH3 (D) [Co(NH3)6](NO3)3
Ans. [D]
Sol. Formula of hexaammine cobalt (III) nitrate
[Co(NH3)6]+3 + NO3 [Co(NH3)6](NO3)3
6. For the reaction PCl3(g) + Cl2(g) PCl5(g), Kc is 26 at 250ºC Kp at the same temperature is -
1 1
(R = 8.314 J K mol )
3 3
(A) 4.6 × 10 (B) 5.7 × 10
3 3
(C) 6.0 × 10 (D) 8.3 × 10
Ans. [C]
Sol. kP = kC (RT)'ng
1
kP = 26 (8.314 × 523)
26 3
kP = = 5.9 × 10
4348.2
7. Curved arrows are used in Organic chemistry to show the movements of electrons in the mechanism of a
reaction. The correct product of the following reaction is -
O
O
(A) (B)
O O
(C) (D)
Ans. [C]
8. Denaturation of protein due to change in pH could be due to -

(A) loss of van der Waal's interaction (B) hydrophobic interaction
(C) change in ionic interaction (D) breaking of covalent bonds
Ans. [C]
9. The initial activity of a radionuclide is 9750 counts per min and 975 counts after 5 min. The decay constant
of the radionuclide in min 1 is about -
(A) 0.23 (B) 0.46
(C) 0.69 (D) 0.99
Ans. [B]
2.303 a
Sol. K= log
t (a x )
2.303 9750
= log
5 975
= 0.46
10. According to VSEPR theory the shape of IF5 molecule will be -

(A) tetrahedral (B) trigonal bipyramid
(C) square pyramid (D) trigonal planar
Ans. [C]
Sol. :IF5
? sp3d2
F
F F
I
F F
••
Square pyramid
11. The formal charges on the atoms underlined are -

C6H 5 C { N O
(A) C = 0, N = – 1, O = + 1 (B) C = – 1, N = + 1, O = –1
(C) C = 0, N = +1, O = – 1 (D) C = +1, N = 0, O = – 1
Ans. [C]
Sol. :
C6H5–C{N– O
..
1
FC = valance e – (bonded e ) – (non-bonded)
2
1
For C : FC = 4 – ×8=0
2
1
For N : = 5 – (8) = 0 + 1
2
1
For O : FC = 6 – (2) + 6 = – 1
2
12. The number of D-particles emitted per second by a radioactive element reduces to 6.25% if the original value
is 48 days. The half-life period of the element in days is -
(A) 3 (B) 8
(C) 12 (D) 16
Ans. [C]
2.303 100
Sol. K= log
48 6.25
2.303
= log 24
48
2.303 u 4 u 0.3
= = 0.0575
48
0.693 0.693
t1/2 = = = 12
k 0.0575
13. The compound that does not have a S-bond is -

(A) SO2 (B) SF6
(C) O2 (D) SO3
Ans. [B]
F
F F
Sol. SF6 S
F F
F
S
SO2 O O
O
SO3 S
O O
O2 O=O
14. Is mass spectrometry a compound is bombarded with high energy electrons to break it into smaller
fragments, which are recorded in the form of their masses (m/Z). For example butane gives fragments like
m/z 58, 43, 29, 15, etc. The mass spectrum of an unknown compound is shown below -
43
72
intensity 29 57
15
m/z
The likely compound among the following is -
(A) CH3COCl (B) CH2=CH–CH2CH2OH
(C) CH3CH2COOH (D) CH3COCH2CH3
Ans. [D]
15. The solubility of calcium phosphate is S mol dm 3. Hence, the solubility product is -
(A) S5 (B) 27S3
(C) 54S4 (D) 108S5
Ans. [D]
Sol. Ca3 (PO4)2
?ksp = 108 55
16. The number of valence electrons in an atom with the configuration 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p2 is -
(A) 6 (B) 5
(C) 4 (D) 2
Ans. [C]
17. The elevation in boiling point of a solution containing 13.44g of CuCl2 in 1 kg of water is (Kb = 0.52 K/kg mol 1)
(A) 0.05 (B) 0.10
(C) 0.16 (D) 0.21
Ans. [C]
w A u 1000
Sol. ' Tb = Kb × i
MA u w B
13.44 u 1000
= 0.52 × u 0.3
134.5 u 1000
= 0.16
18. The configuration of the carbon atoms C2 and C3 in the following compound are respectively -
HOOC
H OH
HO H
CHO
(A) R, R (B) S, S
(C) R, S (D) S, R
Ans. [A]
COOH
2
1
H 3
OH R
Sol. 3
HO1 H R
CHO
2
19. 0.1 dm3 of 0.1 M acetic acid is titrated against 0.1 M NaOH. When 50 cm3 of 0.1 M NaOH are added, the pH
of the solution will be (pKa = 4.74)
(A) 2.37 (B) 4.74
(C) 1.34 (D) 5.74
Ans. [B]
Sol. CH3COOH + NaOH oCH3COONa + H2O
Initial Meq 10 5 0 0
Final 5 0 5 –
Resulting solution is an acidic buffer
[Salt] 5
?pH = pKa + log = 4.74 + log
[Acid] 5
pH = 4.74
20. The IUPAC name of complex [Cu(en)2(H2O)2]+ is -

(A) ethylene diamine Cu(II) dihydrate (B) diaquobis(ethylenediamine) Cu(II) ion
(C) diaqobisdiethylamine Cu(II) ion (D) diaquobis(ethylenediamine) cuprate (II)
Ans. [B]
Sol. [Co(en)2(H2O)2]+
Diaqua bis(ethylene diamine)Cu(II) ion
21. Two protein molecules with the same average molecular mass (molecular weight) can absorb different
amount of ultraviolet radiation due to difference in the content of -
(A) tyrosine (B) glutamic acid (C) lysine (D) methionine
Ans. [A]
22. Each of the following options contains a structure and a description indicating the existence of given
structure. The correct option for methyl 3-hydroxypent-2-enoate is -
(A) COOCH3 YES (B) COOCH3 NO
OH OH
OH OH
(C) NO (D) YES
COOCH3 COOCH3
Ans. [B]
23. Major product of mononitration of the following compound is

O
O
O O
O O
(A) (B)
NO2
NO2
O O
O NO2 O
(C) (D)
O 2N
Ans. [D]
24. If a z b z c and D = E = J = 90º, the crystal system is -
(A) monoclinic (B) triclinic (C) hexagonal (D) orthorhombic
Ans. [D]
25. The electronic spectrum of [Ni(H2O)6]++ shows a band at 8500 cm 1 due to d–d transition. [Ph4As]2[NiCl4]
will have such a transition in cm 1 at -
(A) 3778 (B) 8500 (C) 4250 (D) 850
Ans. [A]
26. In the conductometric titration of silver nitrate against KCl, the graph obtained is -
Conductance
Conductance
(A) (B)
volume of KCl volume of KCl

Conductance
(C) (D) Conductance
volume of KCl volume of KCl

Ans. [B]
Sol. AgNO3 + KCl oAgCl(p) + KNO3
27. The product obtained from the following sequence of reactions is -

HgSO NaBH
H3C–C{CH 4 o A
4 o B
H 2SO 4
(A) propanal (B) 2-propanol (C) 1-propanol (D) propane

Ans. [B]
28. The compound in which Mn has oxidation state of +3 is

(A) KMnO4 (B) K2[Mn(CN)6]
(C) MnSO4 (D) CsMn(SO4)2.12H2O
Ans. [D]
29. The SI units of viscocity is

(A) Nsm2 (B) Ns2m (C) Nsm 2
(D) Ns 2m
Ans. [C]
30. If titration of an amino acid present in the solution yielded pI (isoelectric point) value of 10.80, the amino
acid present in the solution may be
(A) glycine (B) arginine (C) histidine (D) proline
Ans. [B]
31. In the coordination compound, Na2[Pt(CN)4], the Lewis acid is -

(A) [Pt(CN)4]2 (B) Na+ (C) Pt2+ (D) CN
Ans. [C]
32. The product (P) of the following reaction is

CH3 Lewis acid
+ ICl o P
Cl
I
(A) (B)
H 3C
CH3
Cl
(C) (D)
H 3C I
Ans. [B]
33. The correct order of dipole moment for the following molecules is -
OH Cl CH3
NO2 Cl CH3
(I) (II) (III)
(A) I = II = III (B) I < II < III (C) I > II > III (D) II < III < I
Ans. [C]
34. Lead dissolves most readily in dilute -

(A) acetic acid (B) sulphuric acid
(C) phosphoric acid (D) sodium hydroxide
Ans. [A]
35. The degrees of freedom for the system CaCO3(s) CaO(s) + CO2(g) are -
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
Ans. [A]
36. Semipermeable nature of the cell membrane can be attributed to the presence of -
(A) protein and DNA (B) lipid and protein
(C) polysaccharide and lipid (D) DNA and lipid
Ans. [B]
37. The emf of the cell (Zn | ZnSO4 (0.1M) || CdSO4 (0.0.1M) | Cd) is
(E0 Zn2+| Zn = – 0.76 V, E0 Cd2+| Cd = 0.40 V at 298 K)
(A) + 0.33 V (B) + 0.36 V (C) + 1.13 V (D) – 0.36 V
Ans. [C]
Sol. E°cell = 0.76 + 0.4 = 4.16
0.059 [ Zn 2 ]
Emf = E°cell – log
n [Cd 2 ]
0.059 0.1
= 1.16 – log
2 0.01
= 1.16 – 0.03 log 10 = 1.13 V
38. The nitrogen compound formed when Ca(CN)2 reacts with steam or hot water is
(A) N2O (B) NO
(C) NO2 (D) NH3
Ans. [D]
39. The order of acidities of the H-atoms underlined in the following compounds is in the order
(I) Ph-CH2–CH3 (II) Ph-C{CH (III) Ph-CH=CH2 (IV) CH2
(A) IV > II > I > III (B) II > IV > III > I
(C) III > IV > I > II (D) I > III > II > IV
Ans. [A]
40. The half time for a second order reaction with equal concentrations of the reactants is 35 seconds. 99%
reaction will be completed in
(A) 69s (B) 138s (C) 1733s (D) 3465s
Ans. [D]
1
Sol. For second order t1/2 = = 35
Ka
1
Let initial is 100 ? = 35 × 100
K
1 ª x º
?t= « »
K ¬ a (a – x ) ¼
ª 99 º
= 3500 « »
¬100 u1 ¼
= 3465 sec
41. The 'd' orbitals will be split under square planar geometry into -
(A) two levels (B) three levels (C) four levels (D) five levels
Ans. [C]
42. Rotational spectra of molecules are observed in -

(A) UV region (B) Visible region
(C) Near infrared region (D) Far infrared region
Ans. [D]
43. The pair of cations which cannot be separated by H2S in a 0.3N acid solution is -
(A) Al+++, Hg++ (B) Bi+++, Pb++
(C) Zn++, Cu++ (D) Ni++, Cd++
Ans. [B]
44. Structural features of proteins secreted outside the cells may be stabilised by presence of -
(A) hydrogen bond (B) disulfide bond
(C) hydrophobic force (D) phospho-diester bond
Ans. [B]
Sol. Most secreted protein and extra cellular domains of membrane protein contain disulphide bond. These
covalent bonds are important for the proper folding and stability of secretary protein.
45. The C–O–C bond angle in dimethyl ether is -

(A) 109º28' (B) 110º (C) 120º (D) 180º
Ans. [B]
:O:
CH3 110º CH3
Large size of methyl group. So bond angle greater than 109º 28'
46. Dimethyl glyoxime forms a square planar complex with Ni2+. This complex should be
(A) diamagnetic (B) paramagnetic having 1 unpaired electron
(C) paramagnetic having 2 unpaired electrons (D) ferromagnetic
Ans. [A]
–
Sol. Ni+2 + 2DMgH OH
o [Ni (DMg)2]
Square planar dsp2
Ni+2 = [Ar] 3d8
3d 4s 4p
Ni+2 =
3d 4s 4p
2
dsp
n = 0 ?diamagnetic
47. A 0.056 M solution of benzoic acid, C6H5COOH, is titrated with a strong base. [H+] of the solution when half
of the solution is titrated before the equivalence point is (Ka of benzoic acid = 6.3 × 10 5)
(A) 6.3 × 10 5 M (B) 1.8 × 10 3 M (C) 7.9 × 10 3 M (D) 2.6 × 10 2 M
Ans. [A]
[Acid]
Sol. [H+] = Ka ×
[Salt ]
0.056
= 6.3 × 10 5 ×
0.056
= 6.3 × 10 5 M
48. The formula of the isothiocyanate ion is -

(A) OCN (B) SCN (C) ONC (D) CN
Ans. [B]
49. The compound that is chiral is -

(A) 3-methyl-3-hexene (B) 4-chloro-1-methylcyclohexane
(C) 2-phenylpentane (D) 1, 3-diisopropylbenzene
Ans. [C]
50. The monomer/s of the following polymer is/are

(–CH2–CH(CH3)–CH2–CH(CH3)–CH2–CH(CH3)–)n
(A) ethylene (B) propylene
(C) 2-butene (D) ethylene + propylene
Ans. [B]
51. Of the interhalogen compounds, ClF3 is more reactive than BrF3, but BrF3 has higher conductance in the
liquid state. The reason is that
(A) BrF3 has higher molecular weight (B) ClF3 is volatile
2 4
(C) BrF3 dissociates into BrF and BrF more easily (D) ClF3 is most reactive
Ans. [C]
Sol. High E.N difference in Br & F
?high polarity
?Ions form easily
52. An element X is found to combine with oxygen to form X4O6. If 8.40 g of this element combine with 6.50 g
of oxygen, the atomic weight of the element in grams is -
(A) 24.0 (B) 31.0 (C) 50.4 (D) 118.7
Ans. [B]
Sol. 6.5 g oxygen combine with 8.4 g
8.4 u 96
? 96 g oxygen combine with = 124.06
6.5
124.06
? At. wt of one X = = 31.0
4
53. Synthesis of RNA in a cell would be affected adversely due to shortage of

(A) sulfate (B) acetate (C) oxalate (D) phosphate
Ans. [D]
54. The most abundant element in the earth's crust is -

(A) aluminium (B) oxygen (C) silicon (D) iron
Ans. [B]
55. A beaker is heated from 27ºC to 127ºC, the percentage of air originally present in beaker that is expelled is
(A) 50% (B) 25% (C) 33% (D) 40%
Ans. [B]
Sol. n1T1 = n2T2
56. The product (C) of the following sequence of reactions is
+ CH2=CH2 ( o A Cl

i ) AlCl3
o B aq
2 (lim)
NaOH
o C
( ii ) H 2O hQ
OH
(A) (B)
HO
OH HO
(C) (D)
Cl
Ans. [D]
IAPT has given (c) as the correct answer to this question.
But the most appropriate answer to this question should be (d). For more details refer the solution given below.
Cl OH
CH2–CH3 CH–CH3 CH—CH3
(i) AlCl3 Cl /
+ CH2 = CH2
2
o aq
.NaOH
o
(ii) H 2 O
57. The strongest, but the most reactive bond among the following is -
(A) C=N (B) C=C
(C) C{C (D) C=O
Ans. [C]
58. Radioactive inert gas is -

(A) technetium (B) radon (C) xenon (D) curium
Ans. [B]
59. The IUPAC name of the following compound is -

OC2H5
O
O
(A) 3-methoxy ethylpropanoate (B) ethyl 4-methoxybutanoate
(C) 1, 4-diethoxybutane (D) ethoxy 3-methoxybutyrate
Ans. [B]
60. Excess of silver nitrate is added to a water sample to determine the amount of chloride ion present in the
sample. 1.4 g of silver chloride is precipitated. The mass of chloride ion present in the sample is
Molar masses (g. mol 1); AgNO3 169.91, AgCl 143.25
(A) 0.25 g (B) 0.35 g (C) 0.50 g (D) 0.75 g
Ans. [B]
Sol. 143.25 AgCl obtained from 169.91 g AgNO3
then 1.4 g AgCl obtained from 169.91 g Ag NO3
169.91
= u 1.4 1.66 g
143.25
In 169.91 g of sample chlorine is 35.5 g
?1.66 g of sample chlorine
35.5
= u 1.66 0.35 g
169.91
61. The best nucleophile among the following is -

(A) H2O (B) CH3SH (C) Cl (D) NH3
Ans. [B]
62. The wavelength of a moving body mass 0.1 mg is 3.31 × 10 29
m. The kinetic energy of the body in J would
be -
6 3 3 3
(A) 2.0 × 10 (B) 1.0 × 10 (C) 4.0 × 10 (D) 2.0 × 10
Ans. [D]
h 6.62 u 10 34
Sol. O 3.31 u 10 29
6
2mKE 2 u 0.1 u 10 u KE
2 u 10 7 u KE 2 u 10 5
?2 × 10 7 × KE = 4 × 10 10
3
KE = 2 × 10
63. Secondary structures could be formed in nucleic acid similar to protein due to formation of -
(A) covalent bond (B) ionic bond (C) co-ordinate bond (D) hydrogen bond
Ans. [D]
64. The following titration curve represents the titration of a acid with a base -
pH 7
mL added
(A) strong, strong (B) weak, strong (C) strong, weak (D) weak, weak
Ans. [A]
65. The element with the lowest electronegativity is -

(A) S (B) I (C) Ba (D) Al
Ans. [C]
66. Oxalic acid, H2C2O4, reacts with permanganate ion according to the balanced equation
5H2C2O4(aq) + 2MnO4 (aq) + 6H+(aq) 2Mn2+(aq) + 10CO2(g) + 8H2O(l).
The volume in mL of 0.0162 M KMnO4 solution required to react with 25.0 mL of 0.022 M H2C2O4 solution
is-
(A) 13.6 (B) 18.5 (C) 33.8 (D) 84.4
Ans. [A]
Sol. Equivalent of KMnO4 Eq. of H2C2O4
N1V1 = N2V2
0.0162 × 5 × V1 = 0.022 × 2 × 25
V1 = 13.6 ml
67. The element that has the highest tendency to catenate is -

(A) silicon (B) germanium (C) sulphur (D) boron
Ans. [C]
68. The isotope of carbon which is used in carbon dating (a method to estimate the age of an ancient sample
containing carbon) is -
(A) carbon-12 (B) carbon-13 (C) carbon-14 (D) carbon-15
Ans. [C]
69. Electronic configurations for the atoms of four elements are given below. The configuration that indicates
colourless aqueous solution is -
(A) 2,8,14,2 (B) 2,8,16,2 (C) 2,8,18,2 (D) 2,8,13,1
Ans. [C]
70. The number of stereoisomers of compound CH3–CH=CH–CH(Br)CH3 is -

(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 6
Ans. [C]
71. At 445ºC, Kc for the following reaction is 0.020.
2HI(g) H2(g) + I2(g)
A mixture of H2, I2 and HI in a vessel at 445ºC has the following concentrations :
[HI] = 2.0 M, [H2] = 0.50 M [I2] = 0.10 M. The statement that is true concerning the reaction quotient, Qc is -
(A) Qc = Kc; the system is at equilibrium
(B) Qc is less than Kc; more H2 and I2 will be produced
(C) Qc is less than Kc; more HI will be produced
(D) Qc is greater than Kc; more H2 and I2 will be produced
Ans. [B]
[H 2 ] [I 2 ]
Sol. Q=
[HI]2
0.5 u 0.1
= = 0.0125
2u 2
? Q < KC and forward reaction.
72. The order of decreasing stability is -
(I) (II) (III) (IV)
(A) IV > I > II > III (B) I > IV > III > II (C) I > II > IV > III (D) IV > II > I > III
Ans. [A]
73. The number of amino acid residues found in a protein that is synthesized from a RNA molecule with 120
nucleotides is -
(A) 120 (B) 80 (C) 40 (D) 60
Ans. [C]
74. Hypochlorous acid ionizes as -

HOCl (aq) H+(aq) + OCl (aq).
OCl (aq) + H2O(l) HOCl(aq) + OH (aq)
Ka for this reaction at 25ºC is 3.0 × 10 8 (Kw = 1.0 × 10 14
at 25ºC)
Hence, Kh for HOCl is -
7 8
(A) 3.3 × 10 (B) 3.0 × 10 (C) 3.0 × 106 (D) 3.3 × 107
Ans. [A]
Kw 10 14 1 10
Sol. Kh × 10 6 = × 10 7
ka 3 u 10 8 3 3
7
Kh = 3.3 × 10
75. Einsteinium has 11 electrons in the 4f subshell. The number of unpaired electrons in the subshell is -
(A) 3 (B) 4 (C) 7 (D) 11
Ans. [A]
76. The order of reactivity of ammonia with the following compounds is -

(I) CH2=CHBr (II) CH3–CH2–COCl (III) CH3–CH2–CH2–Cl (IV) (CH3)3C–Br
(A) IV > II > I > III (B) II > IV > III > I (C) III > IV > II > I (D) I > IV > II > III
Ans. [B]
77. The freezing point of a solution containing 8.1g of HBr in 100 g of water, assuming the acid to be 90%
ionized is [H=1, Br=80, Kf for water = 1.86 K kg mol 1]
(A) 0.85ºC (B) –3.53ºC (C) 0ºC (D) –0.35ºC
Ans. [B]
i 1
Sol. D ('Tf)obs = i × ('Tf)theo.
n 1
i 1 WA u1000
0.9 = = 1.9 × kf ×
2 1 M A u WB
8.1 u 1000
i = 1.9 = 1.9 × 1.86 ×
81 u 100
('Tf)obs = 3.53
?T' = –3.53°C
78. The reaction of 50% aq KOH on an equimolar mixture of 4-methylbenzaldehyde and formaldehyde followed
by acidification gives -
OH
OH
(A) (B) OH
+HCOOH
H3C H3C
(C
)
COOH
COOH
+CH3OH (D)
OH
H3C
Ans. [B]
79. Iodide ion is oxidized by acidified dichromate ions as shown in this equation.
Cr2O72 (aq) + 9 I (aq) + 14 H+(aq) —o 2Cr3+(aq) + 3I3 (aq) + 7H2O (l). These data were obtained when
the reaction was studied at a constant pH. The order of the reaction with respect to Cr2O72 (aq) and I (aq)
are -
Experiment [Cr2O72 ], M [I ] M Rate, M.s I
1 0.0050 0.0125 0.00050
2 0.010 0.0125 0.0010
3 0.0150 0.0250 0.0060
2
(A) first order with respect to both Cr2O7 and I
(B) second order with respect to both Cr2O72 and I
(C) second order with respect to Cr2O72 and first order with respect to I
(D) first order with respect to Cr2O72 and second order with respect to I
Ans. [D]
Sol. r k[Cr2O72 ]m [I ]n
0.0005 = k[0.005]m [0.0125]n ….(1)
0.0010 = k [0.01]m [0.0125]n ….(2)
0.006 = k[0.015]m [0.025]n ….(3)
equation (1)/(2)
m
1 §1·
=¨ ¸ m=1
2 ©2¹
equation (2)/(3)
m n n
1 § 2· §1· 1 2 §1·
¨ ¸ ¨ ¸ ; u¨ ¸
6 © 3¹ ©2¹ 6 3 ©2¹
n
1 §1·
¨ ¸ ?n = 2
4 ©2¹
80. The number of atoms per unit cell and the number of the nearest neighbours in a body centred cubic structure
are -
(A) 4, 12 (B) 2, 6 (C) 9, 6 (D) 2, 8
Ans. [D]
1
Sol. No. of per unites cell of BCC = 8 u 1 u 1 2 ?and C.No. = 8
8
CHEMISTRY NSEC 2012-2013 EXAMINATION CAREER POINT
ASSOCIATION OF CHEMISTRY TEACHERS

Date of Examination 24th November 2012
[Ques. Paper Code : 2-3-2]
1. An electron releasing group will not stabilize which of the following groups ?
(A) Carbocation (B) carbanion (C) Free radical (D) any of the above
Ans. [B]
Sol. Carbanion contain –ve which is destabilize by electron releasing group.
2. The bond order for a species with the configuration

σ1s2 σ*1s2 σ2s2 σ*2s2 σpx1 will be -
(A) 1 (B) 1/2 (C) Zero (D) 3/2
Ans. [B]
Sol. σ1s2 σ* 1s2 σ2s2 σ* 2s2 σ2px1
N b − Na
Bond order =
2
5−4
Bond order = = 0.5
2
3. The widest range over which electronic excitations in organic compounds occur, is -
(A) 200 nm- 780 nm (B) 220 nm- 500 nm (C) 250 nm – 700 nm (D) 290 nm – 1000 nm
Ans. [A]
Sol. 200 – 780 nm Rang is for uv–visible, spectrophotometry used for organic compound.
4. Which of the following compounds has the least tendency to form hydrogen bonds between molecules ?
(A) NH3 (B) H2NOH (C) HF (D) CH3F
Ans. [D]
Sol. H-bond present when hydrogen directly bonded with highly electronegative atom F,O,N
∴ H-bond absent in CH3F
5. The species in which the central atom uses sp2 hybrid orbitals is -
(A) PH3 (B) NH3 (C) CH 3+ (D) SbH3

Ans. [C]
⊕
Sol. C H 3 sp2 hybrid orbital (3 σ bond + 0 lonepair)
1 / 19
6. α-D(+) glucose and β-D(+) glucose are -

(A) Enantiomers (B) Geometrical isomers
(C) Epimers (D) Anomers
Ans. [D]
Sol. Anomers – cyclic diastereomer
Which differ at 1st carbon
CH2–OH CH2–OH
O H O OH
H H
H H
OH H OH H
HO OH HO H
H OH H OH
(α) (β)
7. The chemical formula of 'laughing gas' is -

(A) NO (B) N2O (C) N2O4 (D) N2O5
Ans. [B]
Sol. N2O is known as laughing gas.
8. The enzyme which hydrolyses triglycerides to fatty acids and glycerol is -

(A) Lipase (B) maltase (C) pepsin (D) zymase
Ans. [A]
Sol. Lipid lipase
 as
→ Glycerol + fatty acid
9. In which of the following ion/molecule, the 'S' atom does not assume sp3 hybridization ?
(A) SO 24 – (B) SF4 (C) SF2 (D) S8
Ans. [B]
O
Sol. –
O S O–
O
sp3 SF4 is sp3d hybrid
SF2
S S
S
S
S S
2 / 19
10. The most stable free radical which can be isolated is -

(A) Trityl radical (B) Diphenyl methyl radical
(C) 2,4,6-Tri-ter-butylphenoxy radical (D) tert-butyl radical
Ans. [C]
Sol. Due to Steric hinderance it do not undergo dimerisation.
11. Phosphine is prepared by the reaction of

(A) P and HNO3 (B) P and H2SO4 (C) P and NaOH (D) P and H2S
Ans. [C]
Sol. P4 + 3NaOH + 3H2O → PH3 + 3NaH2PO2
12. Pheromones are chemical substances which are
(A) formed by fermentation process of fungi (B) secreted by endocrine glands of man
(C) secreted by insects (D) plant growth hormones
Ans. [C]
Sol. Secreted by insect
13. Which of the following does not reduce Benedict's solution ?

(A) Glucose (B) Fructose (C) Sucrose (D) Aldehyde
Ans. [C]
Sol. Sucrose is non reducing sugar.
14. The inorganic precipitate which acts as a semipermeable membrane is

(A) Calcium phosphate (B) Nickel phosphate (C) Plaster of paris (D) Copper ferrocyanide
Ans. [D]
Sol. It is artificial SPM.
15. The genetic material of a cell is made of

(A) nucleic acids (B) proteins (C) carbohydrates (D) fats
Ans. [A]
Sol. Nucleic acid are responsible for heredity character.
3 / 19
16. Lanthanide contraction is caused due to

(A) the appreciable shielding on outer electrons by 4f electrons from the nuclear charge
(B) the appreciable shielding on outer electrons by 5d electrons from the nuclear charge
(C) the same effective nuclear charge from Ce to Lu
(D) the imperfect shielding on outer electrons by 4f electrons from the nuclear charge
Ans. [D]
Sol. Lanthenoid contraction is due to the imperfect shielding on outer electron by 4f electron from the nuclear
charge.
17. Which of the following contain maximum number of electrons in the antibonding molecular orbitals
(A) O 22 – (B) O2 (C) O 2–1 (D) O +2
Ans. [A]
Sol. O2–2 ⇒ σ1s2 σ*1s2 σ2s2 σ*2s2 σ2p22 (π2px2 = π2py2) (π*2px2 = π*2py2)
Antibonding molecular Orbital electron
O2 6
O2+ 5
O2– 7
O2–2 8
18. Lattice energy for an ionic compound is calculated by using

(A) Kirchoff's equation (B) Markownikoff's rule
(C) Born Haber cycle (D) Carnot cycle
Ans. [C]
1
M(s) + X2(g) → MX (s)
Sol. 2
↓ SE ↓ DE
M(g) X(g) LE
↓IE ↓EA
M+(g) X–(g)
DE
∆HF = SE + IE + – EA – LE
2
19. If the radius of the first Bohr orbit is r, then the de-Broglie wavelength in the third Bohr orbit is
(A) 2 πr (B) 9 r (C) r/3 (D) 6 πr
Ans. [D]
nh
Sol. mur =
2π
h
mur1 =
2π
4 / 19
h
r1 =
2πmu
λ1
r1 =
2π
3λ 2 n2
r2 = r∝
2π Z
2πr2
λ2 =
3
2πr1 × 32
= = 6 πr
3
20. The IUPAC name of [Co(ONO)(NH3)5Cl2] is

(A) pentamminenitrocobalt(II)chloride (B) pentamminenitrosocobalt(III)chloride
(C) pentamminenitritocobalt(III)chloride (D) pentammineoxo-nitrocobalt(III)chloride
Ans. [C]
Sol. [Co(ONO) (NH3)5] Cl2
Pentaamminenitrito-cobalt (III) chloride.
21. In the Vander wall equation of state for a non ideal gas the term that accounts for intermolecular force is
 a 
(A) (V-b) (B) RT (C)  P + 2  (D) 1/RT
 v 
Ans. [C]
 a 
Sol. Intermolecular attraction =  P + 2 
 v 
22. The structure given below represents

OH OH
CH2 CH2
(A) Isoprene Rubber (B) Bakelite (C) PVC (D) Nylon 6,6
Ans. [B]
Sol. Bakellite, it is thermosetting polymer for med by reaction between phenol & HCHO.
23. The maximum amount of CH3Cl that can be prepared from 20g of CH4 and 10g of Cl2 by the following
reaction, is
CH4 + Cl2 –→ CH3Cl + HCl, (pressure that no other reaction is taking place)
(A) 3.625 mole (B) 0.141 mole (C) 1.41 mole (D) 0.365 mole
5 / 19
Ans. [B]
Sol. CH4 + Cl2 –→ CH3Cl + HCl
t=0; 20 g 10 g
20 10
=
16 71
= 1.25 mol = 0.1408 0 0
t: 1.25 – 0.1408 0 0.1408 mol
≈ 0.141 mol
24. Which isomer of xylene can give three different monochloroderivative ?

(A) o-xylene (B) m-xylene
(C) p-xylene (D) xylene cannot give a monochloro derivative
Ans. [B]
CH3
2 1
Sol. m-xylene
3
2
CH3
25. The most Carbocations, carbanions, free radicals and radical cation are reactive carbon intermediates. Their
hybrid orbitals respectively are
(A) sp2, sp2, sp3, sp (B) sp2, sp2, sp, sp3 (C) sp2, sp3, sp2, sp (D) sp3, sp2, sp, sp2
Ans. [C]
Sol. sp2, sp3, sp2, sp
26. effective electrolyte to cause the flocculation of a negatively charged aresenium sulphide collide is :
(A) NaCl (B) BaCl2 (C) K3Fe(CN)6 (D) AlCl3
Ans. [D]
Sol. +ve ion flocculate the –ve sol more effectively
flocculation ∝ valency
power of ion
27. The electronegativities of acetylene, ethylene and ethane are in the order
(A) ethylene > acetylene > ethane (B) acetylene > ethylene > ethane
(C) ethane > acetylene > ethylene (D) acetylene > ethane > ethylene
Ans. [B]
Sol. CH≡CH > CH2 = CH2 > CH3 – CH3
50% 33.33% 25%
s char s char s char
6 / 19
28. A catalyst accelerates a reaction primarily by stabilizing the

(A) substrate (B) product (C) intermediate (D) transition state
Ans. [D]
Sol. Catalyst stabilize transition state.
29. The number of transition states in a unimolecular nucleophilic substitution (SN1) reaction is
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 2 (D) 3
Ans. [C]
Sol. As it involve formation of carbocation but if nucleophile is neutral then it can be 3.
30. The dipole moments of halo compounds are in the order

(A) CHCl3 > CCl4 CHCl2 > cis-CHCl = CHCl (B) cis-CHCl = CHCl > CHCl3 >CH2Cl2 > CCl4
(C) cis-CHCl=CHCl > CH2Cl2 > CHCl3 > CCl4 (D) CHCl3 > CHCl2 > cis-CHCl = CHCl > CCl4
Ans. [C]
H H Cl
H H
Sol. C=C > C > C > C
Cl Cl H Cl Cl Cl Cl Cl
Cl Cl Cl
31. Which of the following information is not provided by a reaction mechanism ?

(A) Which bonds are formed and which bonds are broken
(B) Which intermediates and transition states are formed
(C) Energy content of the reacting species
(D) Which is the slowest step
Ans. [C]
Sol. Energy content of the reading species
32. Tollen's reagent is

(A) Cu2O (B) [Cu(OH)4]2– (C) Ag2O (D) [Ag(NH3)2]+
Ans. [D]
Sol. [Ag (NH3)2]+
Ammonical silver nitrate
7 / 19
33. The R/S designation for the following stereoisomer of 1,3-dibromo-2-methylbutane is

CH2Br
H3C H
H Br
CH3
(A) 2R, 3R (B) 2R, 3S (C) 2S, 3R (D) 2S, 3S
Ans. [A]
Sol. 2R, 3R
1 CH2–Br
2 R
H3C H
R
H Br
3
4
CH3
34. The bond energy of B-F bond in BF3 is 646 kJ. mol–1, while that of N-F bond in NF3 is 280 kJ. mol–1. This is
because
(A) N is more electronegative than B
(B) The atomic mass of N is higher than that of B
(C) The B-F bond gets a partial double bond character due to p-p overlap
(D) N has a lone pair of electrons while B does not nave
Ans. [C]
Sol. Bond energy of B-F bond in BF3 is greater because B-F bond gets a partial double bond character due to
pπ-pπ back bonding
F ..
B—F
F
35. The amino acid that connot be obtained by hydrolysis of proteins is -

CH2COO–
+
–
(A) HOOCCH 2 CH ( N H 3 )COO (B) H C NH3
+
SH
CH2–CH–COO– +
(C) + | (D) N H 3 (CH2)4CH(NH2)COO–
HN NH3
N
Ans. [B]
Sol. Protein is formed by α-amino acid. B is not amino acid
8 / 19
36. When equal volumes of the following solutions are mixed precipitation of AgCl (kSP = 1.8 × 10–10) will occur
only with -
(A) 10–4 M Ag+ and 10–4 M Cl– (B) 10–5 M Ag+ and 10–5 M Cl–
(C) 10–6 M Ag+ and 10–6 M Cl– (D) 10–10 M Ag+ and 10–10 M Cl–
Ans. [A]
Sol. Q > Ksp for ppt
Q = [Ag+][Cl–]
 10 –4   10 –4 
Q =  

 
 2  = 0.25 × 10
–8
 2   
= 2.5 × 10–9
Q > Ksp
37. The quantum numbers for the 19th electron of Cr (Z = 24) are -
1 1
(A) n = 3, l = 0, m = 0, s = + (B) n = 4, l = 0, m = 0, s = +
2 2
1 1
(C) n = 3, l = 2, m = 2, s = + (D) n = 4, l = 2, m = 2, s = +
2 2
Ans. [B]
Sol. Cr(24) 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d5 4s1
1 1
19th e– in 4s so n = 4 l = 0 m = 0 s = + or –
2 2
38. The oxidation of SO2 by O2 to SO3 is an exothermic reaction. The yield of SO3 can be maximized if -
(A) temperature is increased and pressure is kept constant
(B) temperature is decreased and pressure is increased
(C) both temperature and pressure are increased
(D) both temperature and pressure are decreased
Ans. [B]
Sol. 2SO2 + O2 2SO3 ∆H = –ve
T↓ and P↑ is favorable
∆n g
 1  moles of product
x∝  
P
1
–
1 2
x∝  
P
x∝ P
9 / 19
39. Which of the following ion is colourless -

(A) Mn2+ (B) Cu+ (C) Cr3 (D) Fe2+
Ans. [B]
Sol. Cu+ = [Ar] 3d10 n = 0 Diamagnetic & colourless
40. Which of the following has a positive entropy change ?

(A) H2O(g) → H2O(l) (B) BF3(g) + NH3(g) → F3B.NH3(S)
(C) 2SO2(g) + O2(g) → 2SO3(g) (D) 2 NH4NO3(s) → 2N2(g) + 4 H2O(l) + O2(g)
Ans. [D]
Sol. Q solid is converted into liquid and gas
41. Equal volumes of two solutions of pH = 2 and pH = 4 are mixed together. The pH of the resulting solution
will be -
(A) 2.0 (B) 3.1 (C) 4.2 (D) 2.3
Ans. [D]
Sol. pH = 2 pH = 4
Volume V V
+ –2
[H ] = 10 [H ] = 10–4
+
N1V1 + N1V2 = NV
10–2 × V + 10–4 × V = N × 2V
V [10–2 + 10–4] = N × 2V
1.01
∴N= × 10–2 = 0.5 × 10–2
2
∴ pH = 3 – log 5 = 2.3
42. A first order reaction is 20% complete in 600 s. The time required to complete 75% of the same reaction will
be -
(A) 3120 s (B) 3720 s (C) 4320 s (D) 4920 s
Ans. [B]
2.303 a
Sol. t= log
k (a – x )
2.303 100
600 = log
k 80
2.303 100
t= log
k 25
10 / 19
5
600 log 4
=
t log 4
600 log 5 – log 4

=
t log 4
t = 3720 s
43. The vapour density of gas A is four times that of B. If the molecular mass of B is M then molecular mass of
A is -
(A) M (B) 4M (C) M/4 (D) 2M
Ans. [B]
Sol. Mol. wt = 2 × V.D. = 4M
44. Among the isomers of dimethylcyclohexanes, the chiral ones are -

(A) 1,2-trans and 1,3-cis (B) 1,2-cis and 1,3-trans
(C) 1,3-trans and 1,4-trans (D) 1,2-trans and 1,3-trans
Ans. [D]
Sol. CH3
CH3
CH3 CH3
45. The relative basic strengths of NH3, CH3NH2 and NF3 are in the order -
(A) CH3NH2 > NH3 > NF3 (B) NH3 > CH3NH2 > NF3
(C) NF3 > CH3NH2 > NH3 (D) CH3NH2 > NF3> NH3
Ans. [A]
+I
Sol. CH3 —NH2 > NH3 > N F3 – I effect
46. The outermost electronic configuration of the most electronegative element is -

(A) ns2, np3 (B) ns2, np6 (n –1)d5
(C) ns2, np5 (D) ns2, np6
Ans. [C]
Sol. Halogen (ns2np5) are highly electronegative due to high Zeff. & small size.
11 / 19
47. The conductivity of a metal decreases with increase in temperature because -

(A) the kinetic energy of the electrons increases
(B) the movement of electrons becomes haphazard
(C) the ions start vibrating
(D) the metal becomes hot and starts emitting radiation
Ans. [B]
Sol. Movement of electrons become haphazard due to increase in vibrational motion.
48. The lanthanide compound which is used as a most powerful liquid laser after dissolving in selenium
oxychloride is
(A) Cerium oxide (B) Neodynium oxide
(C) Promethium sulphate (D) Cerium sulphate
Ans. [B]
Sol. Neodynium oxide dissolved in selenium oxychloride is used as powerful liquid laser.
49. The solubility of SrF2 in water at 303 K is 9.55× 10–5 mol.dm–3. The solubility product of the salt is -
(A) 8.7 × 10–17 (B) 9.1 × 10–11 (C) 9.55 × 10–5 (D) 3.48 × 10–12
Ans. [D]
Sol. SrF2
Ksp = 4S3 = 4(9.55 × 10–5)3 = 3.48 × 10–12
50. The amount of electricity required to deposit 1.0 mole of aluminium from a solution of AlCl3 will be -
(A) 1 faraday (B) 3 faraday (C) 0.33 faraday (D) 1.33 faraday
Ans. [B]
Sol. No. of equivalent = 1 × 3 = 3
∴ No. of faraday = 3
51. In the reaction, 2KClO3 → 2KCl + 3O2 when 36.75 g of KClO3 is heated, the volume of oxygen evolved at
N.T.P. will be -
(A) 9.74 dm3 (B) 8.92 dm3 (C) 10.08 dm3 (D) 22.4 dm3
Ans. [C]
Sol. 2KClO3 → 2KCl + 3O2
245 g KClO3 gives 3× 22.4 lit O2
∴ 36.75 g KClO3 gives ?
3 × 22.4 × 36.75
= = 10.08 lit
245
12 / 19
52. The pKa value of H2O of picric acid, acetic acid and phenol are in the order -
(A) picric acid 0.4, acetic acid 4.75, phenol 10.0 (B) acetic acid 0.4, picric acid 4.75, phenol 10.0
(C) picric acid 0.4, phenol 4.75, acetic acid 10.0 (D) phenol 0.4, acetic acid 4.75, picric acid 10.0
Ans. [A]
1
Sol. Acidic strength ∝ Ka ∝
pKa
O–H OH
NO2 NO2
Acid strength : > CH3–C–OH >
O
NO2
53. The correct IUPAC name of the following compound is -

CH3
Br
(A) 2-Bromo-5-methylbicyclo[5.4.0] heptanes (B) 3-Bromo-7-methylbicyclo[3.2.0] heptanes

(C) 3-Bromo-6-methylbicyclo[3.2.0] heptanes (D) 2-Methyl-6-bromobicyclo[2.3.0] heptanes
Ans. [C]
4 CH3
5 6
Sol. Br 3
7
1
2
54. The first ionization potential of Na, Mg, Al and Si are in the order -
(A) Na < Mg > Al < Si (B) Na > Mg > Al > Si
(C) Na < Mg < Al > Si (D) Na > Mg > Al < Si
Ans. [A]
Sol. IE1 Na Mg Al Si
1 2 2 1
3s 3s 3s 3p 3s23p2
size ↓
IE1 ↑
IE1 of Mg greater than Al because Mg has stable 3s2 configuration
∴ IE1 Na < Mg > Al < Si
55. The first four ionization energy values of a metal are 191, 587, 872 and 5962 kcal/mol respectively. The
number of valence electrons in the element is -
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 5
Ans. [C]
Sol. IE4 increases abnormally there for valence electron = 3
13 / 19
56. An aqueous solution of a salt ‘X’ gives white precipitate with dilute H2SO4. The same solution with a few
drops of aq. KI gives golden yellow precipitate which dissolves on heating. The salt ‘X’ is -
(A) Ba(NO3)2 (B) Sr(NO3)2 (C) Pb(NO3)2 (D) Zn(NO3)2
Ans. [C]
Sol. Pb(NO3)2 H
2SO 4 KI
→ PbSO4 → PbI2
white ppt yellow ppt
57. The rate of the reaction MnO4(aq.) + 8H+(aq.) + 5Fe2+(aq.) → Mn2+(aq.) + 5Fe3+(aq.) + 4H2O can be best
measured by monitoring colorimetrically the concentration of -
(A) MnO4–(aq.) (B) Mn2+(aq.) (C) Fe2+(aq.) (D) Fe3+(aq.)
Ans. [A]
Sol. Fact
58. Which of the following observation indicates colligative properties ?

I. A 0.5 M NaBr solution has a higher vapour pressure than 0.5 M BaCl2
II. A 0.5 M NaOH solution freezes at a lower temperature than pure water.
III. Pure water freezes at a higher temperature than pure ethanol
(A) only I (B) only II (C) only III (D) I and II
Ans. [D]
Sol. (1) NaBr Nett molarity = 0.5 × 2 = 1M
BaCl2 Nett molarity = 0.5 × 3 = 1.5M
Relative lowering of V.P. is high for BaCl2 the V.P. is high for NaBr.
(2) NaOH Nett molarity = 0.5 × 2 = 1M
∴ ∆Tf is more for NaOH.
59. A 500g toothpaste sample has 0.4g fluoride concentration. The fluoride concentration in terms of ppm will
be -
(A) 200 (B) 400 (C) 500 (D) 800
Ans. [D]
Qty of solution 0.4 4
Sol. ppm = × 106 = × 106 = × 103
Qty of solution 500 5
0.8 × 103 = 8 × 102 = 800 ppm.
60. Among the following carbon centered reactive intermediates, the carbon that has octet of electrons is -
(A) carbocation (B) carbanion (C) carbine (D) radical
Ans. [B]
Sol. H–C–H Six bond electron, 1 lone pair

H
14 / 19
61. The molecule that has maximum covalent character -

(A) NaH (B) Na2S (C) CaCl2 (D) SnCl4
Ans. [D]
Sol. Covalent character ∝ polarisation ∝ charge
62. The mode of expression in which the concentration remains independent of temperature is -
(A) molarity (B) normality (C) formality (D) molality
Ans. [D]
Sol. Molality is independent of temperature.
63. The enthalpy changes for the following reactions are

Cdiamond + O2(g) → CO2(g) ∆H = – 395.3 kJ mol–1
Cgraphte + O2(g) → CO2(g) ∆H = – 393.4 kJ mol–1
The enthalpy change for the transition
Cdiamond → Cgraphite will be -
(A) – 3.8 kJ mol–1 (B) + 3.8 kJ mol–1 (C) – 1.9 kJ mol–1 (D) + 1.9 kJ mol–1
Ans. [C]
Cdiamond + O2 → CO2(g) ∆H = –395.3 kJ
Sol.
CO2(g) → Cgraphite + O2 ∆H = 393.4 kJ
Cdiamond → Cgraphite ⇒ ∆H = –1.9kJ mol–1
64. The sequence of steps involved in aromatic nucleophilic substitution involving a benzyne intermediate is -
(A) addition-elimination (B) elimination-addition
(C) addition-rearrangement (D) elimination-rearrangement
Ans. [B]
Cl Cl Nu
Nu–H
Sol. addition
H H
Elimination
65. + HBr → Product

Br
The product in the above reaction is -
Br
(A) CH Br (B) H2
C C Br
H2 CH
Br
(C) H2 (D) This reaction cannot take place

C Br
CH2
Br
Ans. [B]
Sol. + H⊕ Br
Br Br Br
⊕
Br
15 / 19
66. The commercial name of calcium hydride is -

(A) lime (B) hydrolyth (C) slaked lime (D) calgon
Ans. [B]
Sol. Hydrolyth is commercial name of calcium hydride (CaH2).
67. The number of moles of KMnO4 that will be needed to react completely with one mole of ferrous oxalate
[Fe(C2O4)] in acidic solution is -
(A) 1 (B) 2/5 (C) 3/5 (D) 4/5
Ans. [C]
Sol. Fe2+ → Fe3+ + e
C 2 O 24 − → 2CO2 + 2e n1 = 3, mole1 = 1
KMnO4 → Mn2+ n2 = 5, mole2 = ?

3× 1 3
mole2 = =
5 5
68. Protein and DNA being charged molecules, can be separated by -

(A) Electrophoresis (B) Centrifugation (C) Filtration (D) Spectrophotometry
Ans. [A]
Sol. Electrophoresis : charged particle can be separated.
69. The biomolecule which does not have a secondary structure is -

(A) protein (B) lipid (C) DNA (D) RNA
Ans. [B]
Sol. Lipid do not have secondary structure.
CH3 CH3 CH3

D D D
70.
I II III
The rate of o-nitration of the above compounds, (I) toluene, (II) 2-D-toluene and (III) 2,6-D2-tolueneare is in
the following order -
(A) I > II > III (B) II > I > III
(C) III > I > II (D) The rate is the same for all the three compounds
Ans. [D]
Sol. Isotopic effect is not observed in nitration of benzene because C–H bond do not break in RDS.
16 / 19
71. In which of the following reaction is Kp > KC

(A) H2 + I2 → 2HI (B) N2 + 3H2 → 2NH3
(C) 2SO3 → 2SO2 + O2 (D) PCl3 + Cl2 → PCl5
Ans. [C]
Sol. KP = KC (RT)∆ng
∴ ∆ng = +1
72. The preferred sites of protonation in the following compounds are

1
O
H3 C
NHCH3 N NH2
2 3 4
I II
(A) 1 and 3 (B) 2 and 4 (C) 1 and 4 (D) 2 and 3
Ans. [A]
Sol. +ve charge is more stabilize by resonance in 1st in I & 3rd in II.
73. Which of the following vibrational modes show no IR absorption bands

(A) Symmetric CO2 stretch (B) Antisymmetric CO2 stretch
(C) Symmetric S=C=O stretch (D) Antisymmetric S=C=O stretch
Ans. [A]
Sol. Symmetric stretch of symmetrical molecule do not show IR absorption it need Raman absorption band.
74. The crimson colour imparted to flame is due to a salt of -

(A) barium (B) copper (C) calcium (D) strontium
Ans. [D]
Sol. Colour
Ca Brick red
Sr Crimson red
Ba Apple green
75. Which of the following weighs less when weighed in magnetic field ?
(A) ScCl3 (B) FeCl3 (C) TiCl3 (D) VCl3
Ans. [A]
Sol. Diamagnetic species are repel by the magnet so weight is decreased
Fm
mg
17 / 19
76. Essential vitamin required for the production of RBCs is -

(A) Folic acid (B) Nicotinic acid (C) Pantothenic acid (D) None of the above
Ans. [A]
Sol. Folic acid are prescribed to increase blood cell count.
77. For the reaction NH4+ + NO2– → N2 + 2H2O the following data was recorded
Set NH4+/M NO2–/M Rate/MS–1
1 0.010 0.020 0.020
2 0.015 0.020 0.030
3 0.010 0.010 0.005
(A) rate = K [NH4+] [NO2–] (B) rate = K [NH4+]2 [NO2–]

(C) rate = K [NH4+] [NO2–]2 (D) rate = K [NH4+]2 [NO2–]2
Ans. [C]
Sol. r = k [ NH +4 ]m [ NO 2− ]m
0.02 = k[0.01]m [0.02]n …(1)
0.03 = k [0.015]m [0.02]n …(2)
0.005 = k [0.01]m [0.01]n …(3)
(1)
Equation
(3)
4
∴ = (2)n
1
∴ n=2
(1)
Equation
( 2)
m
2 2
∴ = 
3 3
∴ m=1
78. In a nitration experiment, 10.0 g of benzene gave 13.2 g of nitrobenzene. The percentage yield is -
(A) 83.5% (B) 62.7% (C) 88.9% (D) 26.7%
Ans. [A]
NO2
HNO3
Sol.
10
g = 0.1282 moles 0.1282 moles
78
mass = 15.76g
13.2
% yield = × 100 = 83.7%
15.76
18 / 19
79. The rate constant of a reaction increases by 5% when the temperature is increased from 27ºC to 28ºC.
Therefore, the energy of activation of the reaction is -
(A) 36.6 kJ mol–1 (B) 46.6 kJ mol–1 (C) 16.6 kJ mol–1 (D) 26.6 kJ mol–1
Ans. [A]
k2 Ea  T2 − T1 
Sol. log =  
k1 2.303R  T1T2 
Ea  1 
log 1.05 =  300 × 301 
2.303 × 8.31  
Ea = 2.303 × 8.314 ln 1.05 × 300 × 301
= 36879 J or 36.87 kJ
80. Which one of the following compounds has R configuration ?
NH2 O O
OH
(a) Ph CO2Me (b) (c) Ph (d)
H H
I II III IV
(A) I (B) II (C) III (D) IV
Ans. [D]
19 / 19
✁✁✂✄☎ ✆☎✂✝ ✂✞ ✄✟✠✡☎✁✆☛☞ ✆✠ ✄✟✠☛✁
✌✍✎✏✑✌✍✒ ✓✎✍✌✔✍✕✔ ✖✗✍✘✏✌✍✎✏✑✌ ✏✌ ✙✚✖✘✏✓✎✕✛ ✜✢✣✤✥✜✢✣✦
Date of Examination : 24th November 2013
✧★✩✪ ✫✬✭✮✯ ✰✱ ✫✲✭✮✯ ✳✴✵
2 0 7
✶✷ ✸✷ ✹✺✻✼ ✽✺✷ TWO ZERO SEVEN
☎✝✁✆☛✾✄✆☎✂✝ ✆✂ ✄ ✝✿☎✿ ✆✠✁
✫✭ On the answer sheet, fill up all the entries carefully in the space provided, ❀❁❂❃ ❄❅ ❆❂❀❇❈
❇❉❊❄✧❉❂❋. Use only ❆❂●❍ ✱✴ ❆❂❉❇❈ ❆❉❂❂ ❊❍❁ for making entries and marking answer.
Incomplete / incorrect / carelessly filled information may disqualify your candidature.
✬✭ Write the Q.P. Code No. mentioned above on YOUR answer sheet (in the space provided).
Otherwise your answer sheet will NOT be examined.
✮✭ The question paper contain 80 multiple-choice question. Each question has 4 options, out of
which only one is correct. Choose the correct answer and mark a ■✴✱✵✵ in the corresponding
box on the answer sheet as ✵❏✱❑❅ ▲✪▼✱❑ ◆
✲✭ A correct answer carries 3 marks and 1 mark will be deducted for each wrong answer.
❖✭ All rough work may be done on the blank sheet provided at the end of the question paper.
P✭ ◗❘❙❚❯❙ ❱❲ ❳❲❨ ❩❚❬❙ ❚❳❭ ❩❚❪❬ ❲❨❫❙❪ ❨❫❚❳ ❴❵❛ ❜❳ ❨❫❙ ❯◗❚❝❙ ◗❪❲❞❜❱❙❱ ❲❳
❨❫❙ ❚❳❯❡❙❪ ❯❫❙❙❨❢ Answer sheets are evaluated with the help of a machine. Due to this,
❇✳❉❁❣❍ ❀❤ ❍❁✧✐❃ ❄❋ ❁❀✧ ❉❂❂❀❥❍❦✭
❧✭ Scratching or overwriting may result in wrong score. ❦❀ ❁❀✧ ❥✐❄✧❍ ❉❁❃✧✳❄❁❣ ❀❁ ✧✳❍
❆❉❇❈ ❀❤ ❉❁❋❥❍✐ ❋✳❍❍✧✭
♠✭ Use of a nonprogrammable calculator is allowed.
♥✭ Periodic table is provided at the end of this question paper.
✫✯✭ The answers / solutions to this question paper will be available on our website - ❑❑❑✭★♦♣✰✭✱✴q✭★❅
by 30th November 2013.
✫✫✭ Attempt the examination honestly. Any dishonestly will disqualify you.
✄✠☛✆☎✞☎✄ ✆✠✁ r s ☛✿✁
i) Certificates to top 10% students of each centre.
ii) Merit certificates to statewise Top 1% students.
iii) Merit certificate and a prize in term to Nationwise Top 1% students.
t✉✈ ✇①②③④⑤ ②⑥①①⑤② and the “⑦①⑧⑤⑨① ⑤⑩❶ t❷❸” certificates of NSEC are dispatched to the Professor in charge
of the centre. Thus you will get your marks from the Professor in charge of your centre by January 2014
end.
t❹✈ 300 (or so) students are called for the next examination - Indian National Chemistry Olympiads (INChO).
Individual letters are sent to these students ONLY.
t❺✈ Gold medals may be awarded to TOP 35 students in this entire process.
t❻✈ No querries will be entertained in this regard.
❼❼❼❽❾❿➀➁➂➀➃❾❽➃➄➁
✝✞✟✠✡☛☞✌✍✡✌✎
✏✑✑✒✓✔✏✕✔✒✖ ✒✗ ✓✘✙✚✔✑✕✛✜ ✕✙✏✓✘✙✛✑
✢✣✤✥✦✢✣✧ ★✤✣✢✩✣✪✩ ✫✬✣✭✥✢✣✤✥✦✢ ✥✢ ✮✯✫✭✥★✤✪✰ ✱✲✳✴✵✱✲✳✶
✷✸ The number of optically active stereoisomers of tartaric acid, (HOOC.CHOH.CHOH.COOH) is

(A) 4 (B*) 2 (C) 1 (D) 3
✹✺✻✸ ✼✽✾
Tartaric acid has 2 identical chiral carbon and only 2 optically active stereoisomers.
✿✸ Which of the following structure is aromatic ?

+
NH
II III IV
I
(A) Structures I and II (B*) Structure I only
(C) Structures II only (D) Structure III only
✹✺✻✸ ✼✽✾
Only I follows Huckel’❀ ❁❂❃❄ ❅❆❇ ❅❁❈❉❅❊❋●❍
■✸ Salicylic acid on treatment with bromine water will give

(A) 2-bromo-6-hydroxybenzoic acid
(B*) 2,4,6-tribromophenol
(C) 2,6-dibromobenzoic acid
(D) 1,3-dibromo-6-hydroxybenzoic acid
✹✺✻✸ ✼✽✾
Salicylic acid on treatment with bromine water give 2,4,6-tribromophenol.
❏✸ In which of the following compounds is the oxidation number of the transition metal, zero ?
(A) [Fe(H2O)3](OH2) (B) [Co(NH3)6]Cl2
(C) [Ni(CO4)] (D) [Pt(C2H4)Cl3]
✹✺✻✸ ✼❑✾
[Ni(CO)4], oxidation number of Ni is zero.
▲✸ If each of the following salts has solubility product Ksp = 1 ! 10–▼, which of them is least soluble in water ?
(A) XY (B) X2Y (C) XY2 (D) X3Y
✹✺✻✸ ✼◆✾
–❖ P
For XY, solubility = K sp = 10 "9 = 10
This is the least value.
◗✸ A DNA sample stored at 4#C was removed from the refrigerator and heated in a hot water bath with tempera-
ture increasing gradually. Which bond of the DNA molecule will break first ?
(A) Phosphodiester bond (B) Glycoside linkage
(C) Hydrogen bond (D) Covalent bond
✹✺✻✸ ✼❑✾
It is the weakest bond among the given.
❘✸ Which of the following salts produces the most basic solution ?

(A) Al(CN)3 (B) KC2H3O2 (C) FeCl3 (D) KCl
✹✺✻✸ ✼✽✾
Anionic hydrolysis produces most basic solution
i.e. CH3COOK
❙✸ Which of the following compounds has zero dipole moment ?

(A) NH3 (B) NF3 (C) BF3 (D) CHCl3
✹✺✻✸ ✼❑✾
BF3 due to symmetrical structure
✁✂✄ ☎ ✆
❚❚❚❯❱❲❳❨❩❳❬❱❯❬❭❨
✝✞✟✠✡☛☞✌✍✡✌✎
✏✑ An isotone of 32Ge76 is
(A) 32Ge77 (B) 33As77 (C) 34Se77 (D) 35Br80
✒✓✔✑ ✕✖✗
Ge76 , no. of neutrons = A – ✘
32
= 76 – ✙✚
= 44
No. of neutrons in 33As77 is 44.
✛✜✑ One of the constituents of German silver is

(A) Ag (B) Mg (C) Cu (D) Al
✒✓✔✑ ✕✢✗
It is an allay of copper, zinc & nickel
✛✛✑ A catalyst is a substance that

(A) undergoes chemical change to accelerate the rate of the reaction
(B) decreases the energy of activation of the reaction
(C) increases the kinetic energy of the reaction
(D) lowers the potential energy of the products with respect to that of the reactants.
✒✓✔✑ ✕✖✗
Catalyst lowers the activation energy of reaction.
✛✣✑ CHO CHO CHO
H OH HO H H OH
HO H HO H HO H
H OH H OH HO H
H OH H OH H OH
CH2OH CH2OH CH2OH
D-Glucose D-Mannose D-Galactose
The above structures are related to each other as

(A) identical substance (B*) diastereomers
(C) enantiomers (D) epimers
✒✓✔✑ ✕✖✗
All the above structures differs in configuration at one or two stereocentre.
✛✤✑ Which one of the following is not a valid structure for dinitrogen oxide?
.. ..
..N N O
..
(I) (II)
(IV)
(III) (IV)
✒✓✔✑ ✕✥✗
I is not valid i.e. ‘✦’ ✧★✩’✪ ✫✬✭★✩✮ ✯✪✰ ✱✧✪✫✪
✛✲✑ A mixture of acidified K2Cr2O7 and 10% KI is titrated against Na2S2O3 (Sodium thiosulphate) solution using
starch indicator. The colour of the reaction mixture at the end point is
(A) Yellow (B) Blue (C) Green (D) Colourless
✒✓✔✑ ✕✢✗
Cr3+ ion is produced in solution. So green solution.
✁✂✄ ☎ ✆
✳✳✳✴✵✶✷✸✹✷✺✵✴✺✻✸
✝✞✟✠✡☛☞✌✍✡✌✎
✏✑✒ The gas which liberates bromine from a solution of KBr is
(A) Cl2 (B) I2 (C) SO2 (D) HI
✓✔✕✒ ✖✗✘
Cl2 is oxidising agent.
✏✙✒ The bond order of NO+ ion is

(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 2.5 (D) 3
✓✔✕✒ ✖✚✘
Bond order of NO+ is 3
✏✛✒ What is NOT true for both cellulose and DNA?

(A) Both are long chain polymers (B*) Both contains similar monomers
(C) Both have glycosidic Linkages (D) Both can break down by enzymatic hydrolysis
✓✔✕✒ ✖✜✘
For cellulose $–✢✣✤✥✦✧★✩✪ ✫✩ ✬✭✪ ✮★✯★✮✪✰ ✱✦✬ ✲★✰ ✢✳✴ ✬✭✪ ✮★✯★✮✪✰ ✫✩ ✢✪★✵✶✰✫✱★✩✪ ✩✦✷✸✰✹ ✯✦✧✥✪✫ ✸✧✫✺✩ ✸✯✺
phosphate.
✏✻✒ An enzyme working at PH 4.5 became inactive when treated with a hydrophobic surfactant. The enzyme
may be
(A) Cytosolic (B) Extracellular
(C*) Peripheral membrane bound (D) Integral Membrane bound
✓✔✕✒ ✖✼✘
Peripheral membrane bound enzyme working at PH 4.5 became inactive when treated with a hydrophobic
surfactant.
✏✽✒ Which of the following molecules cannot show geometric isomerism?
(A) CH3 CH = NOH (B*) (CH3)2C = NOH (C) HO– ✳ ✾✳ –✿❀ (D) Cl Cl
✓✔✕✒ ✖✜✘
CH3 OH
C=N -does not show Geometrical Isomerism.
CH3
❁❂✒ Which of the following is most stable?

(A*) 2, 3 Dimethyl-1,2-butene (B) 2-Butene
(C) 2-Methyl-1,2-butene (D) 1-Butene
✓✔✕✒ ✖✗✘
It has more alpha H, hence more stabilized by hyperconjugation.
❁✏✒ RNA forms loop structure because

(A) It always contain uracyl instead of thymine
(B*) of presence of nearby complementary bases
(C) all RNAs have to from loop structure to function
(D) they are always single stranded
✓✔✕✒ ✖✜✘
H-bond is formed is between complementary bases.
❁❁✒ Which is the strongest oxidising agent among the species given below?
(i) In3+ E0 = - 1.34V (ii) Au3+ E0 = 1.40V
(iii) Hg2+ E0 = 0.867V (iv) Cr3+ E0 = - 0.786V
(A) Cr3+ (B) Au3+
2+
(C) Hg (D) In3+
✓✔✕✒ ✖✜✘
Au3+ is most powerful oxidising agent among given cations.
Higher is SRP value, greater is oxidising power.
✁✂✄ ☎ ✆
❃❃❃❄❅❆❇❈❉❇❊❅❄❊❋❈
✝✞✟✠✡☛☞✌✍✡✌✎
✏✑✒ The kinetics of an enzyme-catalyzed hydrolysis reaction is represented by the following graph, where [S]
is the substrate concentration, and v is the rate of reaction :
[S]
The kinetic course of the reaction can be described as

(A) First order, zero order (B) Zero order, first order
(C) First order, second order (D) Second order, first order
✓✔✕✒ ✖✗✘
Initially reaction is 1st order & then zero order.
✏✙✒ The number of unpaired electrons in Ni2+ is

(A) 0 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
✓✔✕✒ ✖✚✘
Ni2+ : 3d8
No. of unpaired electron = 2
✏✛✒ The colourless ion from among the following is

(A) Mn2+ (B) Cu+ (C) Cr3+ (D) Fe2+
✓✔✕✒ ✖✚✘
Cu+ (No unpaired electron)
✏✜✒ The metal carbonyl which is paramagnetic is

(A) Ni(CO)4 (B) V(CO)6 (C) Cr(CO)6 (D) Fe(CO)5
✓✔✕✒ ✖✚✘
[V(CO)6] has one unpaired electron
V : 3d3 4s2 or 3d5 t2g2,2,1, eg0, 0
✏✢✒ The percentage composition of nitrogen in an organic compound can be determined by

(A*) Dumas method (B*) Kjeldahl method (C) Victor’✣ ✤✥✦✧★✩ (D) Hoffman”✣ ✤✥✦✧★✩
✓✔✕✒ ✖✗✚✘
Both Dumas and Kjeldahl method are used to estabilish percentage composition of nitrogen in an organic
compound.
✏✪✒ High spin complexes having coordination number ‘ ✫ ’ ✬✭✥ ✮✣✮✬✯✯✰ ✱★✭✤✥✩ ✦✧✭★✮✲✧
(A*) sp3d2 hybridisation (B) d2sp3 hybridisation (C) sp3 hybridisation (D) sp3d hybridisation
✗✳✴✒ ✖✗✘
✏✵✒ The blood red color obtained in the detection of nitrogen and sulphur together in an organic compound in
Lassaigne’✣ ✦✥✣✦ ✶✣ ✩✮✥ ✦★
(A) [Fe(CNS)]+ (B*) [Fe(CNS)2]+ (C) [Fe(CNS)3]– (D) [Fe(CNS)2]2+
✓✔✕✒ ✖✚✘
In Lassaigne’✣ ✦✥✣✦ ✦✧✥ ✷✥ 3+ form complex with CNS– ion.
✑✸✒ A protein attached to carbohydrate moiety is called as

(A) Lipoprotein (B) Nucleoprotein (C) Apoprotein (D*) Glycoprotein
✓✔✕✒ ✖✹✘
It is simple fact.
✁✂✄ ☎ ✆
✺✺✺✻✼✽✾✿❀✾❁✼✻❁❂✿
✝✞✟✠✡☛☞✌✍✡✌✎
✏✑✒ Which of the following aqueous solution has the lowest electrical conductance ?
(A) 0.01M CaCl2 (B) 0.01M KNO2 (C) 0.01M CH3COOH (D) 0.01M CH3COCH3
✓✔✕✒ ✖✗✘
acetone CH3COCH3 is non-electrolyte in aq. medium.
✏✙✒ The reddish-brown gas formed when nitric oxide is oxidized by air is
(A) NO2 (B) N2O4 (C) N2O5 (D) N2O3
✓✔✕✒ ✖✚✘
2NO + O2 —% 2NO2(g) (reddish brown gas)
✏✏✒ The electronic level which allows the hydrogen atom to absorb, but not emit a photon is
(A) 1s (B) 2s (C) 2p (D) 3s
✓✔✕✒ ✖✚✘
Electron in 1s can absorb light but can’✛ ✜✢✣✛✤
✏✥✒ Bell metal is an alloy of copper and

(A) Tin (B) Aluminium (C) Zinc (D) Nickel
✓✔✕✒ ✖✚✘
Bell metal : An alloy of tin & copper.
✏✦✒ Europium (Eu) and Terbium (Tb) attain stable 4f7 configuration by exhibiting oxidation states of
(A) +2 and +4 (B) +3 and +4 (C) +2 and +3 (D) +1 and +3
✓✔✕✒ ✖✚✘
Tb : [Xe] 4f 9 6s2
Eu : [Xe] 4f 7 6s2
✏✧✒ Which of the following reaction parameters will change due to addition of a catalyst
(A) Free energy (B) Only equilibrium
(C) Only rate constant (D) Both equilibrium constant and rate constant
✓✔✕✒ ✖★✘
Rate constant is increased by catalyst
✏✩✒ A plot of 1/[NO2] verses time for decomposition of NO2 was found to be linear. This means that the
reaction
(A) Is zero order with respect to [NO2]
(B) Is first order with respect to [NO2]
(C) Is second order with respect to [NO2]
(D) Order cannot be determined from the information given
✓✔✕✒ ✖★✘
1
nd
[NO 2 ] v/s time, linear so 2 order reaction
✏✪✒
The carbanion expels a leaving group LG to yield an alkene as shown above by

(A*) E1cb mechanism
(B) E1 mechanism
(C) E2 mechanism
(D) Such a reaction does not take place
✓✔✕✒ ✖✚✘
The carbanion intermediate is formed only in E1cb mechanism.
✁✂✄ ☎ ✆
✫✫✫✬✭✮✯✰✱✯✲✭✬✲✳✰
✝✞✟✠✡☛☞✌✍✡✌✎
✏✑✒ Select the most correct statement among the following :
(A) SN1 mechanism takes place in non-polar solvents
(B) SN2 mechanism in chiral substrates gives racemic mixtures as products
(C*) SN1 mechanism is encouraged by polar solvents
(D) The solvent never influences the mechanism
✓✔✕✒ ✖✗✘
SN1 reaction proceed through the formation of carbocation intermediate, which is most favored in more polar
solent.
✙✚✒ Fehlings solution is

(A) AgNO3 solution + NaOH solution + NH4OH
(B) Alkaline solution of Cupric ion complexed with citrate ion
(C*) Copper sulphate + sodium potassium tartarate + NaOH
(D) Copper sulphate solution
✓✔✕✒ ✖✗✘
Fehlings solution is alkaline solution of CuSO4 with rochell salt i.e. sodium potassium tartarate.
✙✛✒
The correct name of the product obtained is

(A) cis-1,2-dibromocyclohexane
(B) cis-1,4-dibromocyclohexane
(C*) trans-1,2-dibromocyclohexane
(D) trams-1,4-dibromocyclohexane
✓✔✕✒ ✖✗✘
Addtion of bromine is anti and the product is trans-1,2-dibromocyclohexane.
✙✜✒ A solution of sodium metal in liquid ammonia is strongly reducing due to the presence of
(A) sodium atoms (B) sodium hydride
(C) sodium amide (D) solvated electrons
✓✔✕✒ ✖✢✘
✙✏✒ The number of unpaired electrons in Ni2+ ion is 2,therefore its spin multiplicity is
(A) 2
(B) 1
(C) 3
(D) 4
✓✔✕✒ ✖✗✘
1
M=2 ✣ ISI + 1 S=2 ✣&
2
=2✣✤✥ ✤ =1
=3
✙✙✒ A cold aqueous solution of PbCl2 gives golden yellow precipitate on addition of
(A) KCl solution
(B) KI solution
(C) NaCl solution
(D) K2SO4 solution
✓✔✕✒ ✖✦✘
PbCl2 + KI(aq) PbI2 ' + 2Cl–
Yellow
✁✂✄ ☎ ✆
✧✧✧★✩✪✫✬✭✫✮✩★✮✯✬
✝✞✟✠✡☛☞✌✍✡✌✎
✏✑✒ In the reaction given below :
the product obtained will contain :
(A) Only Compound I (B) Only Compound II

(C*) Both compound I and II (D) this substitution cannot take place
✓✔✕✒ ✖✗✘
The given reaction is hydrolysis and it follows SN1 mechanism and both I and II are formed.
✏✙✒ Acetone and propen-2-ol are

(A) enantiomers (B*) keto-enol tautomers
(C) diastereoisomers (D) meso compounds
✓✔✕✒ ✖✚✘
O OH
CH3–✛–✛✜ 3 and CH2=C–✢✣ 3

Keto Enol
✏✤✒ How old is a fossil bone whose 14C content is 15.0% of that living bone ?
Half life of 14C isotope is 5.73 ✥✦✧3yr.
(A) 25488 yr (B) 15688 yr (C) 388 yr (D) 6818 yr
✓✔✕✒ ✖✚✘
2.303 ! 5.73 ! 10 3 . a +
t= log , 0.15a ) = 15688 year..
0.693 - *
✏★✒ How much chemical energy is fixed in the form of ATP upon complete oxidation of one mole of glucose ?
(Hydrolysis of ATP yields 7.5 kcal/mole)
(A) 360 (B) 300 (C) 270 (D) 200
✓✔✕✒ ✖✗✘
One mole of Glucose upon complete oxidation gives 36 ATP with is equivalent to 36 ! 7.5 kcal/mole = 270
kcal/mole
✏✩✒ The value of the constant in Nernst equation

cons tan t
E = E0– ln Q at 250C is
n
(A) 0.592 (B) 0.0592 (C) 0.296 (D) 0.0296
✓✔✕✒ ✖✪✘
0.059
E = E✫ – log Q.
n
RT
E = E✫ – ln Q
nF
4 RT 1
Constant = 2 F / =
3 0
= 0.0296
✁✂✄ ☎ ✆
✬✬✬✭✮✯✰✱✲✰✳✮✭✳✴✱
✝✞✟✠✡☛☞✌✍✡✌✎
✏✑✒ The chemical formula of Plaster of Paris is
(A) 2 CaSO4. H2O (B) CaSO4.2H2O (C) 3CaSO4.2H2O (D) CaSO4.H2O
✓✔✕✒ ✖✗✘
1
CaSO4. H2O 5 2CaSO4.H2O
2
✏✙✒ The KP/KC ratio for the reaction :

4NH3(g) + 7O2(g) 4 NO(g) + 6 H2O (g), at 1270C is
(A) 0.0301 (B) 0.0831 (C) 1.0001 (D) 33.26
✓✔✕✒ ✖✗✘
KP = KC (RT) 6n 6n = –✚
KP 1
( = 0.0301.
K C RT
✏✛✒ Van Arkel method of purification of metals involves converting the metal to a
(A) Volatile compound (B) Volatile unstable compound
(C) Non-volatile stable compound (D) Non-volatile unstable compound
✓✔✕✒ ✖✜✘
✏✢✒ Which of the following reaction mechanisms does not involve carbocation as an intermediate ?
(A) Baeyer-Villiger Oxidation (B) Beckman rearrangement
(C) Fries Rearrangement (D*) Diels-Alder Reaction
✓✔✕✒ ✣✤✥
Diels Alder reaction is a concerted reaction in which neither cation nor anion is formed.
✏✦✒ Which of the following statements is correct ?

(A) –✧★2 group activates the benzene ring for attack of electrophile at ortho and para position.
(B*) –✧✩2 group activates the benzene ring for attack of electrophile at ortho and para position.
(C) Both–✧★2 group as well as –✧✩2 group activate the benzene ring for attack of electrophile at ortho and
para position.
(D) Neither –✧★2 group nor –✧✩2 group activate the benzene ring for attack of electrophile at ortho and para
position.
✓✔✕✒ ✣✪✥
–✧★2 group is strong electron withdrawing due to –✫ ✬✭✮✯✮✰✱ –✧✩2 group is strong electron donating group
due to +M effect.
✏✏✒ Which of the following does not have an active methylene group ?
(A) CH3CH2NO2 (B) CH3COCH2COCH3
(C) PhCOCH2CN (D*) CH3CH2NH2
✓✔✕✒ ✣✤✥
Most appropriate answer is D. In CH3CH2–✧✩2 the 7 H is not strong acidic.
✏✲✒ CH2=CHCl is monomer of

(A) Poly styrene (B) Natural rubber (C*) PVC (D) Nylon-6
✓✔✕✒ ✣✳✥
Cl Cl
n –✴✵2✶✴✵ –✴✵2–✴✵–
n
P.V.C.
✏✷✒ A cell membrane acts as a semi-permeable selective boundary because it contains

(A) Lipids and carbohydrates (B) Proteins and carbohydrates
(C) Proteins and Nucleic acids (D*) Lipids and proteins
✓✔✕✒ ✣✤✥
It is fact.
✁✂✄ ☎ ✆
✸✸✸✹✺✻✼✽✾✼✿✺✹✿❀✽
✞✟✠✡☛☞✌✍✎☛✍✏
✑✒✓ 4s orbital has lesser energy than 3d orbital because it has
(A) Greater value of n (B) Lesser value of l
(C) Lesser value of (n +l) (D) l = 0
✔✕✖✓ ✗✘✙
✑✚✓ When zinc rod is directly placed in copper sulphate solution

(A) the blue colour of the solution starts intensifying
(B) the solution remains electrically neutral
(C) the temperature of the solution falls
(D) the weight of zinc rod starts increasing
✔✕✖✓ ✗✛✙
✜✢✓ The linear molecule among the following is

(A*) CO2 (B) NO2 (C) SO2 (D) ClO2
✔✕✖✓ ✗✣✙
✜✤✓ In the compound Na2S2O3, the oxidation state of sulphur is
(A) –✥ (B) +2 (C) +4 (D) +6
✔✕✖✓ ✗✛✙
✜✦✓ The pH of 0.1 M NH4OH, (Kb = 1.8 ✧ ★✩–✪, Kw = 10–✫✬), is

(A) 1.0 (B) 5.7 (C) 11.1 (D) 13.0
✔✕✖✓ ✗✘✙
1
P OH ( [pkb – ✭✮✯ ✰✱
2
1
= [4.76 + 1]
2
5.76
= = 2.88 ~ 2.9
2
pH = 14 – ✲✳✴ ✵ ✶✶✳✶
✜✷✓ In animals, the stored carbohydrates is

(A) Starch (B*) Glycogen (C) Sucrose (D) Fructan
✔✕✖✓ ✗✛✙
✜✸✓ For a chemical reaction 6H is negative and 6S is positive. This reaction is

(A) spontaneous at all temperatures
(B) nonspontaneous at all temperature
(C) spontaneous only at high temperature
(D) spontaneous only at low temperature
✔✕✖✓ ✗✣✙
6G = 6H – ✹6S
= (–✺ ✻✼✺
= (–✺ ✽✾✮✿❀❁✿❂✮❃✽ ❁❀ ❁✭✭ ❀❂❄✾❂❅❁❀❃❅❂✳
✜✑✓ Which of the following salt/s of H3PO3 exists ?

(I) NaH2PO3 (II) Na2HPO3 (III) Na3PO3
(A) I and II only (B) I, II and IIII (C) II and III only (D) III only
✔✕✖✓ ✗✣✙
H3PO3 is dibasic so
NaH2PO3 & Na2HPO3 both exist.
✁✂✄ ☎ ✆✝
❆❆❆❇❈❉❊❋●❊❍❈❇❍■❋
✝✞✟✠✡☛☞✌✍✡✌✎
✏✏✑ Which of the following molecules is most volatile ?
(A*) Salicylaldehyde (B) p-nitrophenol
(C) p-hydroxybenzoic acid (D) m-hydroxybenzoic acid
✒✓✔✑ ✕✖✗
Salicydehyde is O-hydroxybenzaldehyde. It is volatile as it has intramolecular hydrogen bonding.
✏✘✑ The isoelectric point of an amino acid is :

(A) The pH at which it exists in the acidic form
(B) The pH at which exists in the basic form
(C*) The pH at which it exists in the Zwitterion form
(D) The pH which is equal to its pKa value
✒✓✔✑ ✕✙✗
At PI, the total(+) ion concentration is equal to total (–✚ ✛✜✢ ✣✜✢✣✤✢✥✦✧✥✛✜✢★
✏✩✑ A gas shows positive Joule-Thomson Effect below its

(A) Boyle Temperature (B) Critical Temperature
(C) Inversion Temperature (D) Transition Temperature
✒✓✔✑ ✕✙✗
✏✪✑ The following data was recorded for the reaction :

X + Y 88% P
Set No. [A] [B] Rate of the reaction

I 0.1 M 0.2 M 0.001
II 0.2 M 0.2 M 0.004
III 0.2 M 0.8 M 0.008
The order of the reaction is

(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 2.5 (D) 3
✒✓✔✑ ✕✙✗
r = K [A]X [B]Y
X
r2 4 0.2 1 4 0.004 1
(2 / (2 /
r1 3 0.1 0 3 0.001 0
= (2)X = 4 X=2
Y
r3 4 0.8 1 4 0.008 1
(2 / (2 /
r2 3 0.2 0 3 0.004 0
= (4)Y = 2
= (2)2Y = 21 So 2Y = 1
1
Y=
2
✘✫✑ Which solution has the highest pH ?

(A) 0.01 M CaCl2 (B) 0.01 M KNO2
(C) 0.01 M CH3COOH (D) 0.01 M CH3COCH3
✒✓✔✑ (B)
KNO2 [WASB]
✘✬✑ The minimum number of H+ ions that can be released by an amino acid is
(A*) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
✒✓✔✑ ✕✖✗
✘✭✑ Which of the following molecular structures is NOT possible ?

(A) OF2 (B) SF2 (C) OF4 (D) SF4
✒✓✔✑ ✕✙✗
✁✂✄ ☎ ✆✆
✮✮✮✯✰✱✲✳✴✲✵✰✯✵✶✳
✞✟✠✡☛☞✌✍✎☛✍✏
✑✒✓ KP for the reaction given below is 1.36 at 499 K. Which of the following equaitons can be used to calculate Kc
for this reaction ?
N2O5(g) —% N2O3(g) + O2(g)
[(0.0821) ! ( 499)] [(1.36) ! (0.0821)]

(A) Kc = (B) Kc =
[1.36] [ 499]
[1.36] [(1.36) ! ( 499)]

(C) Kc = (D) Kc =
[(0.0821) ! ( 499)] [0.0821]
✔✕✖✓ ✗✘✙
N2O5(g) N2O3(g) + O2(g) , Kp = 1.36
KP 1.36
KC = (
9RT : 1
0.0821! 499
✑✚✓ A 55-kDa protein was acid hydrolysed to obtain a mixture of amino acids. How many amino acids could be
present in the solution ?
(A) 550 (B*) 500 (C) 1000 (D) 1100
✔✕✖✓ ✗✛✙
37-kDa is equivalent to 333 unit, hence 55-kDa is equivalent to approx 500 units.
✑✜✓ Which of the following phenols is most soluble in aqueous sodium bicarbonate ?
(A) 2,4-dihydroxyacetophenone (B) p-cyanophenol
(C) 3,4-dicyanophenol (D*) 2,4,6-tricyanophenol
✔✕✖✓ ✗✢✙
2,4,6-tricyanophenol is most acidic. It readily form soluble sodium salt and evolves CO2 gas.
✑✣✓ 6.24 g of ethanol are vaporized by supplying 5.89 kJ of heat energy. What is the enthalpy of vapourisation of
ethanol ?
(A) 43.42 kJ (B) 47.0 kJ (C) 21.75 kJ (D) 435.0 kJ
✔✕✖✓ ✗✤✙
5.89
Enthalpy of vapourisation, 6Hvap = 2 6.24 1/ kJ/mol = 43.42 kJ/mol
4
3 46 0
✑✑✓ How many hyperconjugative structures are possible in the following carbocation ?
(A) 1 (B) 3 (C) 5 (D*) 6

✔✕✖✓ ✗✢✙
There are only 6 ; [H+D+T] atoms.
✑✥✓ The ions which give black precipitates on passing H2S gas in acidic medium are
(A) Al3+ and Ni2+ (B) Ni2+ and Co2+ (C) Cu2+ and Bi3+ (D) Zn2+ and Mn2+
✔✕✖✓ ✗✘✙
Cu 2< or Bi3 < H2S / H< CuS ' < Bi 2S 3

$!!#!! " 88 8 8 % Black Black
2nd Group cation
✁✂✄ ☎ ✆✝
✦✦✦✧★✩✪✫✬✪✭★✧✭✮✫
✞✟✠✡☛☞✌✍✎☛✍✏
✑✒✓ Which of the following is not a resonating structure for the phenoxide ion ?
I II III IV
(A) I (B) II (C) III (D*) IV
✔✕✖✓ ✗✘✙
–✚✛ ✜✢✣✤✥✛ ✦✧ ✤✛✚✛★ ✩✛✪✫✜✣✪✦✬✛✩ ✫✤ ✭✢✛ ✮✛✭✣ ✯✫✧✦✭✫✤✰
✱✲✓ Which of the following statements is true for the reaction given below ?
alkaline KMnO P
88 8 8 8 84 %
(A*) P is a meso compound 2,3-butanediol formed by syn addition.

(B) P is a meso compound 2,3-butanediol formed by anti addition.
(C) P is a racemic mixture of d- and l-2,3--butanediol formed by anti addition.
(D) P is a racemic mixture of d- and l- 2,3-- butanediol formed by syn addition.
✔✕✖✓ ✗✳✙
cis-2-Butene undergoes hydroxylation by syn addition forming meso product.
✁✂✄ ☎ ✆✝
✴✴✴✵✶✷✸✹✺✸✻✶✵✻✼✹
✝✆ ☎ ✄ ✂✁
✏✍☛ ✎✍✌ ☞☛ ✡✠✟ ✞

www.thechemistryguru.com
INDIAN ASSOCIATION OF PHYSICS TEACHERS

Q.P Code C – 244
1. Serine(HOCH2CH(NH2)COOH) is an essential amino acid. The correct Fischer projection of
serine is
2. The complex having zero crystal field stabilization energy is

(A) [Mn(H2O)6]3+ (B) [Fe(H2O)6]3+
2+
(C) [Co(H2O)6] (D) [Co(H2O)6]3+
3. Solubility products of silver chlorides and silver thiocyanate are 12  10–10 and 7.1  10–13
respectively. The equilibrium constant for the reaction
AgCl  s   CNS 1  aq   AgCNS  s   Cl1 aq  is
(A) 0.0625 (B) 169
(C) 13 (D) 1.40  10–4
4. I. 5H2O2  2MnO4  6H 

 2Mn2  5 O2  8H2O
II. H2O2  Ag2O   2 Ag  H2O  O 2
The role of hydrogen peroxide in the above reaction is
(A) oxidizing in I and reducing in II (B) reducing in I and oxidizing in II
(C) reducing in I as well as in II (D) oxidizing in I as well as in II
5. The most stable carbocation is

6. Helium can be singly ionized by losing one electron to become the He+ cation. Which of the
following statements is true concerning this helium cation?
(A) The line spectrum of this helium cation will resemble the line spectrum of a hydrogen
atom.
(B) The line spectrum of this helium cation will resemble the line spectrum of a lithium cation.
(C) The line spectrum of this helium cation will remain the same as for unionized helium.
(D) The line spectrum of this helium cation will resemble the line spectrum of a hydrogen ion.
7. Of the following, the ion with the largest size is

(A) O2– (B) Na+
–
(C) F (D) Al3+
8. The colourless salt that gives white precipitate with BaCl2 in aqueous HCl is
(A) K2SO4 (B) K2SO3
(C) KNO3 (D) KBr
9. The heat of formation of ethanol, from the following data is

C2H5 OH     3 O2  g  
 2 CO2  g   3H2O   
Hf CO2(g) = -393.5 kJ/mol; Hf H2O    = -286 kJ/mol
(A) -277 kJ/mol (B) -1260.5 kJ/mol
(C) -688.5 kJ/mol (D) -3013 kJ/mol
10. Osmotic pressure of a 2% w/v solution of glucose is same as 5% w/v solution of a

nonvolatile non-electrolyte solute. The molar mass of the solute is
(A) 180 (B) 450
(C) 72 (D) 45
11. 50 g of sucrose is hydrolysed to a mixture of glucose and fructose. Sucrose is dextrorotary,

however the mixture formed is laevorotatory. This is because
(A) more amount of -D-fructose is formed that of -D-glucose
(B) -D-glucose undergoes inversion of configuration
(C) -D-fructose and -D-glucose undergo inversion of their -anomers
(D) laevorotation of -D-fructose is more than dextrorotation of -D-glucose
12. Among the following compounds that is not aromatic is
13. The magnetic moment of a divalent ion of an element with atomic number 24 in an aqueous
solution is
(A) 4.90 BM (B) 2.45 BM
(C) 2.83 BM (D) 1.73 BM
14. The major product of the following reaction is

15. The correct order of stability for the following species is

(A) Li2 < He2 < O2 < C2 (B) C2 < O2 < Li2 < He2
(C) He2 < Li2 < C2 < O2 (D) O2 < C2 < Li2 < He2
16. The colligative property used in the determination of molar mass of a polymer is
(A) lowering of the vapour pressure (B) elevation in the boiling point
(C) depression in the freezing point (D) osmotic pressure
17. From the following the species that are isoelectronic are
(i) NH3+ (ii) CH3 (iii) NH2 (iv) NH4
(A) I, II, III (B) II, III, IV
(C) I, II, IV (D) I, III, IV
18. The pair of equimolar compounds that would give a single condensation product when
treated with an alkali is
19. In electrophoresis
(A) the colloidal particles migrate in an applied electric field
(B) the medium migrates in an applied electric field
(C) both colloidal particles and the medium migrate
(D) neither the particles nor the medium migrate
20. When a person suffers from typhoid, the metabolic process stimulated in the body to fight
against this disease is synthesis of
(A) Lipid (B) Carbohydrate
(C) Protein (D) DNA
21. If a weak base has the dissociation constant, Kb, then the value of the dissociation constant,
Ka, of its conjugate acid is given by
(A) I/Kb (B) Kw/Kb
(C) Kb/Kw (D) KwKb
22. The product P obtained through the following sequence of reactions is
(A) 3-chloroaniline (B) 4-bromochlorobenzene

(C) 3-bromochlorobenzene (D) 3-bromoaniline
23. Real gases behave ideally at

(A) low pressure and low temperature (B) high pressure and low temperature
(C) low pressure and high temperature (D) high pressure and high temperature
24. In the cyanide extraction process of silver from Argentite ore, the oxidizing and the reducing
agents used as respectively
(A) O2 and CO (B) O2 and Zn dust
(C) HNO3 and Zn dust (D) HNO3 and CO
25. The main product X formed in the following reactions is
26. Out of the following metal extraction processes, those in which carbon-based reduction
methods are not used are
(I) Sn from SnO2 (II) Fe from Fe2O3
(III) Al from Al2O3 (IV) Mg from MgCO3.CaCO3
(A) I and IV (B) II and III
(C) III and IV (D) II and IV
27. The graph that wrongly represents the Boyle’s law for an ideal gas is
(A) II (B) I
(C) IV (D) III
28. The best sequence of reaction to prepare 2-heptanone is
29. Approximate numbers of moles of hydrogen atoms is 1.006  1023 molecules of diethyl ether
are
(A) 0.16 (B) 6
(C) 1.67 (D) 3
30. Upon long standing, concentrated HNO3

(A) remains colourless, but gives out NO
(B) turns yellow brown due to formation of NO2
(C) turns yellow brown due to the formation of N2O4
(D) remains colourless, but gives N2O
31. The sugars that are produced on hydrolysis of DNA and RNA are
(A) epimers (B) two different sugars
(C) positional isomers (D) diastereomers
32. When a nucleophile attacks a carbonyl group to form an intermediate, the hybridization of
the carbon atom changes from
(A) sp3 to sp2 (B) sp2 to sp
2
(C) sp to sp (D) sp2 to sp3
33. Aluminium carbide(Al4C3) liberates methane on treatment with water. The grams of
aluminium carbide required to produce 11.2 L of methane under STP conditions is
[Given Al = 27]
(A) 48 (B) 72
(C) 144 (D) 24
34. The correct statement for crystalline CsI3 is

(A) it contains Cs ,I and molecular I2 (B) it is a covalent compound
(C) it contains Cs and I3  (D) it contains Cs3  and I
35. The product X formed in the following reaction is

C6H5MgBr + CH3OH  X
(A) benzene (B) methoxybenzene
(C) phenol (D) toluene
36. Ionic salt AX grows in face centered cubic lattice with cell length ‘a’. The ratio
rA+ / rx for this salt will be :
(A) 0.155 (B) 0.225
(C) 0.414 (D) 0.732
37. The hybridization of boron in the stable borane having the lowest molecular weight is –
(A) sp2 (B) sp3
(C) sp (D) sp3d
38. The product ‘N’ of the following reaction is
39. The specific gravity of a HNO3 solution is 1.42 and it is 70% w/w. The molar concentration of
HNO3 is
(A) 15.8 (B) 31.6
(C) 11.1 (D) 14.2
40. Bleaching powder contains a salt of an oxoacid as one of its components. The anhydride of
that acid is
(A) Cl2O (B) Cl2O7
(C) ClO2 (D) Cl2O6
41. CH3 CH2CH  OH  CH  CH3  2  CH3COCl 

base
 CH3CH2CH OCOCH3  CH CH3 2  HCl
In the above reaction, if the reactant alcohol is a pure R-isomer, the product would
(A) have configuration inverted at the chiral atom
(B) be a racemic mixture
(C) have the same configuration at the chiral atom
(D) be optically inactive
42. The unit cell of a compound made up of the three elements X, Y and Z is given below
The formula of this compound is :

(A) X2YZ3 (B) XY3Z
(C) XYZ3 (D) X3YZ2
43. N2 gas stored in a cylinder, fixed with a movable piston, undergoes adiabatic expansion. The
statement that is true for the given situation is
(A) q = w (B) U = w
(C) U = 0 (D) U = q
44. For the following cell at 25°C the E.M.F. is, (if EMo 2  /M  0.347V )
M S  M2 1M M2  0.01M  MS 
(A) 0.089V (B) 0.598V
(C) 0.251V (D) 0.764V
45. Which of the following hydrogen halides react with AgNO3 to give a precipitate that dissolves
in hypo solution?
(I) HCl (II) HF (III) HI (IV) HBr
(A) (III), (I), (II) (B) (I), (III), (IV)
(C) (IV), (II), (I) (D) (II), (IV), (III)
46. The correct order of dipole moment for the following molecules is
(A) IV > I > III > II (B) I > IV > III> II

(C) III > I > II > IV (D) II > III > IV > I
47. The compound that is most reactive with alcoholic KOH is

(A) CH2 = CH–Br (B) CH3CH2Br
(C) (CH3)2CH–Br (D) CH3COCH2CH2Br
48. The enthalpy of vaporization of benzene is +35.3 kJ/mol at its boiling point of 80°C. The
entropy change in the transition of vapour to liquid at its boiling point is
(A) 100 (B) +100
(C) +342 (D) 342
49. For a strong electrolyte, the change in the molar conductance with concentration is
represented by
(A) I (B) II
(C) III (D) IV
50. The order of basicity is

(I) Ph–CONH2 (II) Ph–NH2 (III) Ph–CH2–NH2 (IV) p–OCH3Ph–NH2
(A) II > IV > I > III (B) III > II > IV > I
(C) III > IV > II > I (D) I > II > IV > III
51. The specific conductance of 0.01M solution of the weak monobasic acid is 0.20×103S cm1.
The dissociation constant of the acid is :
(Given: 0HA = 400 S cm2 mol–1)
(A) 5 × 102 (B) 2.5 × 105
4
(C) 5 × 10 (D) 2.5 × 1011
52. The set of quantum numbers that cannot be allotted to an electron in an atom is
(A) n = 3, I = 2, m  = +2, ms = 1/2 (B) n = 2, I = 0, m  = +1, ms = +1/2
(C) n = 1, I = 0, m  = 0, ms = +1/2 (D) n = 4, I = 3, m  = 0, ms = 1/2
53. Polyvinyl alcohol is an important polymer. The structure is given below
It is prepared by polymerization of
(A) CH2 = CH–OH (B) CH2 = CH–OCOCH3, followed by hydrolysis
(C) CH2 = CH–CN, followed by hydrolysis (D) CH2 = CH–COOCH3, followed by hydrolysis
54. For SF4, the molecular geometry and hybridization of the central atom respectively are
(A) Square planar, dsp2 (B) Tetrahedral, sp3
3
(C) Seesaw, sp d (D) Square pyramid, sp3d
55. If the energy of an electron in the 1st and 2nd energy levels of an H atom are 13.6 eV and
3.4 eV, respectively, the energy required in eV to excite an electron from the 1st to the 2nd
energy level is
(A) 17.0 (B) 17.0
(C) 10.2 (D) 10.2
56. The pKa values of the acids A to D are found to be 4.19,3.41,4.46 and 4.76. The acid having
pKa of 3.41 is
57. The reaction given below is the cell reaction in a galvanic cell.
Cd(s) + Sn2+(aq)  Cd2+(aq) + Sn(s),
Where, [Cd2+] = 0.1 M and [Sn2+] = 0.025 M
Given : E0Cd2 /Cd  0.403V E0Sn2  /Sn  0.136V,F  96485 Cmol 1
At 25°C, the free energy change for this reaction is
(A) 48.05 KJ (B) 54.96 KJ
(C)  100.58 KJ (D) 107.46 KJ
58. Triethylamine is reacted with a peracid to obtain X. The nitrogen atom in X has formal
charge
(A) 0 (B) +1
(C) 1 (D) +2
59. The species that cannot exist is

(A) SiF62 (B) BF63
(C) SF6 (D) AlF63
60. The experimental observations for the following reaction are given below
P + Q  Product
[P] / M [Q] / M Initial Rate/mol s1
0.2 0.5 8 × 103
0.4 0.5 3.2 × 102
0.2 0.25 4 × 103
The order of this reaction is
(A) Zero (B) One
(C) Two (D) Three
61. Absorbance of a chlorophyll solution measured at 660 nm at 25°C using a 1 cm cell was
found to be 0.4 The same solution is heated up to 35°C and absorbance is measured once
again under the same condition. The observed absorbance will be
(A) 0.2 (B) 0.4
(C) 0.6 (D) 0.8
62. The species which is unable to show disproportion reaction is
(A) ClO3 (B) ClO 4
(C) ClO2 (D) ClO
63. At normal temperature, X and Y are

(A) resonance structures (B) tautomers

(C) functional isomers (D) positional isomers
64. The element X formed in the following nuclear reaction is
4 1
24 Cr   0 n  X
53
2
(A) 56
26 Fe (B) 55
25 Mn
56 55
(C) 25 Mn (D) 26 Fe
65. As a part of a diagnostic procedure for a thyroid disorder, a patient is given a certain amount
of iodine-131. The half lie of this radioactive iodine-131 is 8.0 days. The percent fraction of
iodine-131 that will remain in the body after 32 days, if there is no elimination of iodine
through the body is
(A) 6.25 (B) 0.0625
(C) 2.77 (D) 25
66. 1-Phenoxypropane is treated with excess of conc. HI at 0°C and the mixture of products is
treated with thionyl chloride. The products formed are
(A) n-propanol + Chlorobenzene (B) Phenol + n-propyl iodide
(C) n-propyl chloride + Chlorobenzene (D) n-propyl chloride + Phenol
67. The compound which undergoes hydrolysis on just warming with water and forms the
corresponding hydroxyl derivative is
(A) 2, 4, 6-trinitrochlorobenzene (B) 2-chloro-1-butene
(C) 2-chloro-2 methylbutane (D) 2, 4-dimethoxychlorobenzene
68. The pair of compounds that will not react with each other in an aqueous solution, at room
temperature is
(A) FeCl3 ,SnCl2 (B) HgCl2 ,SnCl2
(C) FeCl2 ,SnCl2 (D) FeCl3 ,KI
69. At 700 K, for the reaction 2SO2(g) + O2(g) << 2SO3(g) the KP is 3.2 × 104. At the same
temperature the KP for the reaction SO3(g) << SO2(g) + 0.5O2(g) is
(A) 3.125 × 105 (B) 5.59 × 103
(C) 1.79 × 104 (D) 1.79 × 102
70. Amylose and cellulose are polymers of glucose in which glucose units are joined to each
other respectively by linkages of the type
(A) ,  (B) , 
(C) ,  (D), 
71. 2-methylpentan is
72. The molecule having the highest dipole moment is

(A) CO2 (B) CH4
(C) NH3 (D) NF3
73. Two samples A and B of an ideal gas, initially at same temperature and pressure, are
compressed from V to V/2, isothermally for A and adiabatically for B. The final pressure of A
will be
(A) greater than that of B (B) less than that of B
(C) twice that of B (D) equal to that at B
74. A nitrile X is treated with LiAlH4 to obtain compound Y (C2H7N). In a separate reaction X is
hydrolyzed in an acid medium to obtain Z. The product obtained after mixing Y and Z will be
(A) CH3CONHCH2CH3 (B) CH3CH2CONHCH2CH3

(C) (CH3COO )(CH3CH2NH3 ) 
(D)  CH3CH2COO   CH3NH3 
75. pH of a saturated solution of magnesium hydroxide in water at 298 K is 10.5. The solubility
of the hydroxide in water at 298 K is
(A) 1.58 × 104 mol L1 (B) 1.58 × 1011 mol L1
4 1
(C) 3.16 × 10 mol L (D) 9.98 × 108 mol L1
76. The species which has triangular planar geometry is
(A) NF3 (B) NO3
(C) AlCl3 (D) SbH3
77. The order of acidity in aqueous solution for the following acids is
(A) H2S  H2Se  H2Te (B) H2Se  H2S  H2Te
(C) H2Te  H2S  H2Se (D) H2Se  H2Te  H2S
78. The IUPAC name of the following compound is
(A) 5-bromo-3-(bromomethyl)pent-1-ene (B) 3-(1-bromopropyl)-4-bromobut-1-ene

(C) 1,4-dibromo-3-ethenylbutane (D) 1-bromo-3-(bromomethyl)but-4-ene
79. To a solution containing one mole MCl3,4NH3, on addition of excess silver nitrate solution, it
was found that two moles of AgCl are precipitated. This observation suggests that the
secondary valence of M in this complex is
(A) 3 (B) 5
(C) 6 (D) 2
80. (i) chlorobenzene is mono-nitrated to M
(ii) nitrobenzene is mono-chlorinated to N
(iii) anisole is mono-nitrated to P
(iv) 2-nitrochlorobenzene is mono-nitrated to Q
Out of M, N, P and Q the compound that undergoes reaction with aq. NaOH fastest is
(A) M (B) N
(C) P (D) Q

NATIONAL STANDARD EXAMINATION IN CHEMISTRY – 2014
Q.P Code C – 244
ANSWERS
1. D 2. B 3. B 4. C
5. B 6. A 7. A 8. A
9. A 10. B 11. D 12. D
13. A 14. B 15. C 16. D
17. D 18. D 19. C 20. C
21. B 22. C 23. C 24. B
25. B 26. C 27. C 28. C
29. C 30. B 31. B 32. D
33. D 24. C 35. A 36. C
37. B 38. A 39. A 40. A
41. C 42. C 43. B
44. None of the given options is correct. Actual answer is -0.059.
45. B 46. B 47. D 48. B
49. B 50. C 51. B 52. B
53. A 54. C 55. C 56. C
57. A 58. B 59. B 60. D
61. A 62. B 63. B 64. A
65. A 66. B 67. A 68. C
69. B 70. A 71. B 72. C
73. B 74. C 75. A 76. B
77. A 78. A 79. B 80. D
NATIONAL STANDARD EXAMINATION IN CHEMISTRY 2015 -16
Date of Examination: 22nd November, 2015
Time: 1230 to 1430 Hrs
Q. Paper Code: C 230
Write the question paper code mentioned above on YOUR answer sheet
(in the space provided), otherwise your answer sheet will NOT be
assessed.Note that the same Q. P. Code appears on each page of the
question paper.
Instructions to Candidates –
1. Use of mobile phones, smartphones, ipads during examination is STRICTLY
PROHIBITED.
2. In addition to this question paper, you are given answer sheet along with Candidate’s
copy.
3. On the answer sheet, make all the entries carefully in the space provided ONLY in
BLOCK CAPITALS as well as by properly darkening the appropriate bubbles.
Incomplete/ incorrect/carelessly filled information may disqualify your
candidature.
4. On the answer sheet, use only BLUE or BLACK BALL POINT PEN for making
entries and filling the bubbles.
5. Question paper has 80 multiple choice questions. Each question has four alternatives,
out of which only one is correct. Choose the correct alternative and fill the
appropriate bubble, as shown.
6. A correct answer carries 3 marks whereas 1 mark will be deducted for each wrong
answer.
7. Any rough work should be done only in the space provided.
8. Periodic Table is provided at the end of the question paper.
9. Use of non-programmable calculator is allowed.
10. No candidate should leave the examination hall before the completion of the
examination.
11. After submitting your answer paper, take away the Candidate’s copy for your
reference.
Please DO NOT make any mark other than filling the appropriate
bubbles properly in the space provided on the answer sheet.
Answer sheets are evaluated using machine, hence CHANGE OF
ENTRY IS NOT ALLOWED.
Scratching or overwriting may result in a wrong score.
DO NOT WRITE ON THE BACK SIDE OF THE ANSWER SHEET.
Instructions to Candidates (continued)–
Read the following instructions after submitting the answer sheet.
12. Comments regarding this question paper, if any, may be sent by email only to
iaptpune@gmail.com till 24th November, 2015.
13. The answers/solutions to this question paper will be available on our website –
www.iapt.org.in by 2nd December, 2015.
14. CERTIFICATES and AWARDS –
Following certificates are awarded by the IAPT to students successful in NSEs
(i)Certificates to “Centre Top 10%” students
(ii)Merit Certificates to “Statewise Top 1%” students
(iii)Merit Certificates and a book prize to “National Top 1%” students
15. Result sheets and the “Centre Top 10%” certificates will be dispatched to the Prof-in-
charge of the centre by January, 2016.
16. List of students (with centre number and roll number only) having score above MAS
will be displayed on our website (www.iapt.org.in) by 22nd December, 2015. See the
Eligibility Clause in the Student’s brochure on our website.
17. Students eligible for the INO Examination on the basis of selection criteria mentioned
in Student’s brochure will be informed accordingly.
18. Gold medals will be awarded to TOP 35 students in the entire process.
C 230
NATIONAL STANDARD EXAMINATION IN CHEMISTRY 2015
(1) A bottle of H3PO4 solution contains 70% (w/w) acid. If the density of the solution is 1.54 g
cm−3, the volume of the H3PO4 solution required to prepare 1 L of I N solution is
(A) 90 mL (B) 45 mL
(C) 30 mL (D) 23 mL
(2) Wood or cattle dung ash is used for cleaning cooking utensils in many parts of India. The
statement that is not true for this ash is:
(A) it largely consists of metal oxides and silicates because non-metals are removed as
gaseous compounds during burning of the wood/dung cakes.
(B) when added to water, it forms alkaline solution with pH~8 and above, which helps to
remove oily substances from the utensils.
(C) several chemical components of ash remain undissolved as solids in water and these
solids help in cleaning by providing scrubbing action.
(D) if left moist for a few hours in air, it slowly turns acidic because of oxidative
decomposition
(3) The two projection formulae that represent a pair of enantiomers are
I II III IV
(A) I and II (B) III and IV

(C) I and III (D) II and IV
3
C 230
(4) When 1 L of 0.1 M sulphuric acid solution is allowed to react with 1 L of 0.1 M sodium
hydroxide solution, the amount of sodium sulphate (anhydrous) that can be obtained from
the solution formed and the concentration of H+ in the solution respectively are
(A) 3.55 g, 0.1 M (B) 7.10 g, 0.025 M
(C) 3.55 g, 0.025 M (D) 7.10 g, 0.05 M
(5) The best sequence of reactions for the following conversion is
(A) (i) 1 mol Br2/FeBr3 (ii) KMnO4, heat (iii) HNO3 + H2SO4
(B) (i) HNO3 + H2SO4 (ii) 1 mol Br2/FeBr3 (iii) KMnO4, heat
(C) (i) KMnO4, heat (ii) HNO3 + H2SO4 (iii) 1 mol Br2/FeBr3
(D) (i) 1 mole Br2/FeBr3 (ii) HNO3 + H2SO4 (iii) KMnO4, heat
(6) If λ0 and λ are the threshold wavelength and the wavelength of the incident light,
respectively on a metal surface, the velocity of the photoelectron ejected from the metal
surface is (me = mass of electron, h = Planck’s constant, c = speed of light)
( ) ( )
(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

−

(7) A current of 5.0 A flows for 4.0 h through an electrolytic cell containing a molten salt of
metal M. This results in deposition of 0.25 mol of the metal M at the cathode. The
oxidation state of M in the molten salt is (1 Faraday = 96485 C mol−1)
(A) +1 (B) +2
(C) +3 (D) +4
4
C 230
(8) The major product (Y) of the following reaction is -
CH3 MgI (excess) CrO 3

H3 O +, heat
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
(9) The compound that will NOT react with hot concentrated aqueous alkali at atmospheric
pressure is
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
(10) The nature of CsAuCl3 is (this compound contains Au in two oxidation states and there is
no Au-Au bond)
(A) diamagnetic (B) paramagnetic
(C) ferromagnetic (D) antiferromagnetic
(11) The standard electrode potentials, E0 of Fe3+/Fe2+ and Fe2+/Fe at 300 K are +0.77 V and
−0.44 V, respectively. The E0 of Fe3+/Fe at the same temperature is
(A) 1.21 V (B) 0.33 V
(C) −0.036 V (D) 0.036 V
5
C 230
(12) The incorrect statement for lanthanides among the following statements is
(A) 4f and 5d orbitals are so close in energy that it is very difficult to locate the exact
position of electrons in lanthanides
(B) most common stable oxidation state is +3
(C) tripositive lanthanide ions have characteristic color depending on nature of
group with which they combine to form compounds
(D) some lanthanide ions absorb either in infrared or ultraviolet region of electromagnetic
spectrum
(13) 4-Hydroxy-4-methylpentanal on heating with excess of methanol in the presence of an

acid catalyst followed by dehydration of the product gives
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
(14) Ice crystallizes in a hexagonal lattice. At a certain low temperature, the lattice constants
are a = 4.53 Å and c = 7.41 Å. The number of H2O molecules contained in a unit cell (d ≈
0.92 g cm−3 at the given temperature) is
(A) 4 (B) 8
(C) 12 (D) 24
(15) In the redox reaction
2MnO
+ 5C O + 16H → 2Mn

+ 10CO + 8H O
20 mL of 0.1 M KMnO4 react quantitatively with

(A) 20 mL of 0.1 M oxalate (B) 40 mL of 0.1 M oxalate
(C) 50 mL of 0.25 M oxalate (D) 50 mL of 0.1 M oxalate
6
C 230
(16) The vapor pressure of benzene is 53.3 kPa at 60.6 °C, but it fall to 51.5 kPa when 19 g of
a nonvolatile organic compound is dissolved in 500 g benzene. The molar mass of the
nonvolatile compound is
(A) 82 (B) 85
(C) 88 (D) 92
(17) Sodium metal dissolves in liquid ammonia and forms a deep blue solution. The color is
due to absorption of light by
(A) sodium ions (B) ammoniated electrons
(C) free electrons (D) ammoniated sodium ions
(18) An organic base (X) reacts with nitrous acid at 0oC to give a clear solution. Heating the
solution with KCN and cuprous cyanide followed by continued heating with conc. HCl
gives a crystalline solid. Heating this solid with alkaline potassium permanganate gives a
compound which dehydrates on heating to a crystalline solid. ‘X’ is -
H
N
CH3
CH3
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
(19) The de Broglie wavelength of an object of mass 33 g moving with a velocity of 200 m s−1
is of the order of
(A) 10−31 m (B) 10−34 m
(C) 10−37 m (D) 10−41 m
(20) A person having osteoporosis is suffering from lead poisoning. Ethylene diamine tetra
acetic acid (EDTA) is administered for this condition. The best form of EDTA to be used
for such administration is -
7
C 230
(A) EDTA (B) tetrasodium salt

(C) disodium salt (D) calcium dihydrogen salt
(21) A water sample from a municipal water supply was found to have a pH = 7.0. On
evaporating 2 L of this water, 2.016 g of white solid was left behind in the evaporation
vessel, i.e., the total dissolved solid (TDS) content of this water was 1008 mg L−1.
However, addition of soap to a bucket of this water did not produce any visible scum.
Based on these findings, one can conclude that
(A) there are no Ca2+ or Mg2+ ion in the water
(B) there are no CO32 − or HCO3− ion in the water
(C) concentration of any ion in the water is lower than 0.038 M
(D) water may be containing Na+ ions in concentration > 0.04 M
(22) The best reaction sequence to convert 2-methyl-1-bromopropane into 4-methyl-2-

bromopentane is
(A) (i) Mg in ether (ii) acetaldehyde (iii) H+, H2O iv) ∆ v) HBr, H2O2
(B) (i) NaC≡CH in ether (ii) H2, Lindlar catalyst (iii) HBr, no peroxide
(C) (i) alcoholic KOH (ii) CH3COOOH (iii) H2/Pt (iv) HBr, heat
(D) (i) NaC≡CH in ether (ii) H3O+ + HgSO4 (iii) HBr, heat
(23) Metallic copper dissolves in

(A) dilute HCl (B) concentrated HCl
(C) aqueous KCN (D) pure ammonia
(24) A 50 mL solution of pH = 1 is mixed with a 50 mL solution of pH = 2. The pH of the

mixture is
(A) 0.86 (B) 1.26
(C) 1.76 (D) 2.26
(25) The Fischer projection formula that represents the following compound is
8
C 230
CH3
H OH
H OH
HO H
CH3
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
(26) Four statements for the following reaction are given below
[CoCl2(NH3)4]+ + Cl− → [CoCl3(NH3)3] + NH3
(I) only one isomer is produced if the reactant complex ion is a trans isomer
(II) three isomers are produced if the reactant complex ion is a cis isomer
(III) two isomers are produced if the reactant complex ion is a trans isomer
(IV) two isomers are produced if the reactant complex ion is cis isomer
The correct statements are
(A) I and II (B) III and IV
(C) I and IV (D) II and III
(27) The process in which an ideal gas undergoes change from X to Y as shown in the
following diagram is
Y
H
X
A
T 9
C 230
(A) isothermal compression (B) adiabatic compression

(C) isothermal expansion (D) adiabatic expansion
(28) With respect to halogens, four statements are given below

(I) The bond dissociation energies for halogens are in the order: I2 < F2 < Br2 < Cl2
(II) The only oxidation state is -1
(III) The amount of energy required for the excitation of electrons to first excited state
decreases progressively as we move from F to I
(IV) They form HX2‾ species in their aqueous solutions (X = halogen)
(A) I, II, IV (B) I, III, IV
(C) II, III, IV (D) I, III
(29) The order of reactivity of the following compounds in electrophilic monochlorination at

the most favorable position is
(I) (II) (III) (IV)
(A) I < II < IV < III (B) III < IV < I < II
(C) IV < III < II < I (D) III < II < IV < I
(30) The limiting molar conductivities of KCl, KNO3 and AgNO3 are 149.9, 145.0 and 133.4 S
cm2 mol−1, respectively, at 25°C. The limiting molar conductivity of AgCl at the same
temperature in S cm2 mol−1 is
(A) 128.5 (B) 138.3
(C) 161.5 (D) 283.3
(31) Imagine that in any atom about 50% of the space is occupied by the atomic nucleus. If a
silver foil is bombarded with α-particles, majority of the α-particles would
10
C 230
(A) be scattered
(B) be absorbed by the nuclei
(C) pass through the foil undeflected
(D) get converted into photons
(32) An organic compound (“X”) is a disubstituted benzene containing 77.8% carbon and
7.5% hydrogen. Heating an alkaline solution of “X” with chloroform gives a steam
volatile compound “Y”. Heating “Y” with acetic anhydride and sodium acetate gives a
sweet smelling crystalline solid “Z”. “Z” is
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
(33) The emf of a cell corresponding to the following reaction is 0.199 V at 298 K.
Zn (s) + 2 H+ (aq) → Zn2+ (0.1 M) + H2 (g) (E OZn / Zn + 2 = 0.76V)

The approximate pH of the solution at the electrode where hydrogen is being produced is
(pH2 = 1 atm)
(A) 8 (B) 9
(C) 10 (D) 11
(34) The vapor pressure of two pure isomeric liquids X and Y are 200 torr and 100 torr
respectively at a given temperature. Assuming a solution of these components to obey
Raoult’s law, the mole fraction of component X in vapor phase in equilibrium with the
solution containing equal amounts of X and Y, at the same temperature, is
(A) 0.33 (B) 0.50
(C) 0.66 (D) 0.80
(35) n-Butylcyclohexane is formed through the following sequence of reactions.

11
C 230
In the above scheme of reactions, “X” is -
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
(36) In a first order reaction, 75% of the reactant disappears in 1.386 h, the rate constant of the
reaction is close to
(A) 7.2 × 10−3 s−1 (B) 3.6 × 10−3 s−1
(C) 1.8 × 10−3 s−1 (D) 2.8 × 10−4 s−1
(37) Four statements for Cr and Mn are given below.

(I) Cr2+ and Mn3+ have the same electronic configuration.
(II) Cr2+ is a reducing agent while Mn3+ is an oxidizing agent.
(III) Cr2+ is an oxidizing agent while Mn3+ is a reducing agent.
(IV) both Cr and Mn are oxidizing agents.
(A) I, III, IV (B) I, II
(C) I, II, IV (D) I, IV
(38) Four processes are indicated below:
12
C 230
(i) HBr/no peroxide (ii) alcoholic KOH,
(i) HI (ii) aqueous NaOH,
(i) Mg, ether (ii) CH 2O (iii) H + , H 2O
(i) aq KOH (ii) CH 3MgBr, ether (iii) H 3O +
The processes that do not produce 1-methylcyclohexanol are

(A) II, IV (B) I, II
(C) III, IV (D) I, III
(39) The reaction that is least feasible is

(A) Li2CO3 → Li2O + CO2
(B) 4Li + O2 → 2Li2O
(C) 6Li + N2 → 2Li3N
(D) 2C6H5C≡CH + 2Li → 2C6H5C≡CLi + H2
(40) Glucose when dissolved in water leads to cooling of the solution. Suppose you take 250
mL water at room temperature in an open container (such as a bowl) made of thermally
insulated material and dissolve a spoonful of glucose in it. If you are able to accurately
measure the heat absorbed by this solution in reaching back to room temperature
(assuming negligible changes in the composition and the amount of solution during this
process), you will be measuring
(A) the enthalpy of dissolution of the glucose in water
(B) the Gibbs free energy of dissolution of the glucose in water
(C) the work done by the atmosphere on the system during the dissolution process
(D) the heat capacity of the solution
(41) Compound “X” undergoes the following sequence of reactions to form “Y”.
13
C 230
(i) ethylene glycol, H+ (ii) LiAlH 4

"Y"
"X" (iii) H 3O +, heat (iv) NH 2OH
Compound “Y” is -
(D)
(42) The complex that shows optical activity is

(A) trans-[CoCl2(en)2]+ (B) cis-[CoCl2(en)2]+
(C) trans-[PtCl2(NH3)2] (D) [CoCl2(NH3)2(en)]+
(43) 100 mL of 0.3 M acetic acid is shaken with 0.8 g wood charcoal. The final concentration
of acetic acid in the solution after adsorption is 0.125 M. The mass of acetic acid
adsorbed per gram of charcoal is
(A) 1.05 g (B) 0.0131 g
(C) 1.31 g (D) 0.131 g
(44) The reaction that does not produce nitrogen is

(A) heating (NH4)2Cr2O7 (B) NH3 + excess of Cl2
(C) heating of NaN3 (D) heating of NH4NO3
(45) The species having highest bond energy is

(A) O2 (B) O2+
(C) O2- (D) O22-
(46) The product (“X”) of the following sequence of reactions is
14
C 230
(i)O 3, H 2O 2 (ii) NaOH, heat

"X"
(iii) H 3O + , warm
(D)
(47) Dicoumarol (X) is an anticoagulant. The number of possible monochloro substituted

isomeric derivatives and the volume of hydrogen liberated at STP by the reaction of 0.5
mol of dicoumarol with sodium are respectively
(X)
3
(A) 5, 22.4 dm (B) 5, 11.2 dm3
(C) 6, 11.2 dm3 (D) 4, 22.4 dm3
(48) The structure of a molecule of N(SiMe3)3 is

(A) Pyramidal with angle close to 110o
(B) T-shaped with angle 90o
(C) Bent T-shaped with angle close to 89o
(D) Trigonal planar with bond angle close to 120o
(49) For an electron whose x-positional uncertainty is 1.0 × 10−10 m, the uncertainty in the x-
component of the velocity in m s−1 will be of the order of
(A) 106 (B) 109
(C) 1012 (D) 1015
15
C 230
(50) The order of pπ-dπ interaction in the compounds containing bond between Si/P/S/Cl and
oxygen is in the order
(A) P > Si > Cl > S (B) Si < P < S < Cl
(C) S < Cl < P < Si (D) Si > P > S > Cl
(51) The solubility products (Ksp) of three salts MX, MY2 and MZ3 are 1×10−8, 4×10−9 and
27×10−8, respectively. The correct order for solubilities of these salts is
(A) MX > MY2 > MZ3 (B) MZ3 > MY2 > MX
(C) MZ3 > MX > MY2 (D) MY2 > MX > MZ3
(52) Three isomeric compounds M, N, and P (C5H10O) give the following tests:
(i) M and P react with sodium bisulfite to form an adduct
(ii) N consumes 1 mol of bromine and also gives turbidity with conc. HCl/anhydrous
ZnCl2 after prolong heating
(iii) M reacts with excess of iodine in alkaline solution to give yellow crystalline
compound with a characteristic smell.
(iv) p-Rosaniline treated with sulphur dioxide develops pink colour on shaking with P
The structures of M, N, and P, respectively are
M N P
(A) O OH O
(B) OH O O
(C) O
OH
O
(D) H
16
C 230
(53) The unbalanced equation for the reaction of P4S3 with nitrate in aqueous acidic medium is
given below.
P4S3 + NO3‾ → H3PO4 + SO42 − + NO
The number of mol of water required per mol of P4S3 is
(A) 18 (B) 8/3
(C) 8 (D) 28
(54) Certain combinations of cations and anions lead to the formation of colored salts in solid
state even though each of these ions with other counter ions may produce colorless salts.
This phenomenon is due to temporary charge transfer between the two ions. Out of the
following, the salt that can exhibit this behavior is
(A) SnCl2 (B) SnCl4
(C) SnBr2 (D) SnI4
(55) Desosamine has the following structure
The number of functional groups which react with hydroiodic acid, the number of chiral
centres, and the number of stereoisomers possible respectively are
(A) 4, 5, 8 (B) 3, 4, 16
(C) 3, 4, 8 (D) 4, 4, 16
(56) If k is the rate constant of the reaction and T is the absolute temperature, the correct plot
is
(A) (B)
ln k k
17
T 1/T
C 230
(C) (D)
k ln k
T 1/T
(57) 1,3-pentadiene and 1,4-pentadiene are compared with respect to their intrinsic stability
and reaction with HI. The correct statement is
(A) 1,3-pentadiene is more stable and more reactive than 1,4-pentadiene
(B) 1,3-pentadiene is less stable and less reactive than 1,4-pentadiene
(C) 1,3-pentadiene is more stable but less reactive than 1,4-pentadiene
(D) 1,3-pentadiene is less stable but more reactive than 1,4-pentadiene
(58) From the given structures, the correct structure(s) of PF3Cl2 is/are
Cl Cl
F
F
Cl F
F (III) P F
(I) P F (II) P
F Cl
Cl
F
F Cl
(A) only I (B) only II

(C) only III (D) I, II and III
(59) The ratio of the masses of methane and ethane in a gas mixture is 4:5. The ratio of
number of their molecules in the mixture is
(A) 4:5 (B) 3:2
(C) 2:3 (D) 5:4
(60) The hydrocarbon that cannot be prepared effectively by Wurtz reaction is
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
18
C 230
(61) Glacial acetic acid dissolves in

(I) liquid H2S, as H2S is a polar covalent compound
(II) liquid NH3, as it can form hydrogen bond
(III) liquid HClO4, as it can protonate acetic acid
The correct option is
(A) only I (B) only II
(C) only III (D) I, II and III
(62) The energy of an electron in the first Bohr orbit is −13.6 eV. The energy of Be3+ in the
first excited state is
(A) − 30.6 eV (B) − 40.8 eV
(C) − 54.4 eV (D) + 40.8 eV
(63) Many protein-based biomaterials, such as waste hair and feathers, can absorb heavy
metal ions from wastewater. It has been observed that metal uptake by these materials
increases in alkaline condition. The enhanced uptake in alkaline conditions is due to
(A) generation of many ligand sites in the protein molecules due to removal of H+
(B) availability of a high concentration of OH− ions as ligands
(C) increased cross-linkages in the protein chains by formation of amide bonds
(D) increase in solubility of the proteins
(64) Compound “X” reacts with diborane followed by alkaline hydrogen peroxide to form
compound “Y”. “Y” on reaction with a mixture of sodium bromide in sulphuric acid
followed by bromobenzene and sodium in ether gives n-pentylbenzene. Compound “X”
is
(D)
(65) When any solution passes through a cation exchange resin that is in acidic form, H+ ion
of the resin is replaced by cations of the solution. A solution containing 0.319 g of an
19
C 230
isomer with molecular formula CrCl3.6H2O is passed through a cation exchange resin in
acidic form. The eluted solution requires 19 cm3 of 0.125 N NaOH. The isomer is
(A) triaquatrichloro chromium(III) chloride trihydrate
(B) hexaaqua chromium(III) chloride
(C) pentaaquamonochloro chromium(III) chloride monohydrate
(D) tetraaquadichloro chromium(III) chloride dihydrate
(66) In an experiment, it was found that for a gas at constant temperature, PV = C. The value
of C depends on
(A) atmospheric pressure (B) quantity of gas
(C) molecular weight of gas (D) volume of chamber
(67) The compound that undergoes solvolysis in aq. ethanol most easily is
(A) (B) (C) (D)
(68) Silver nitrate solution when added to a colorless aqueous solution E forms a white
precipitate which dissolves in excess of E. If the white precipitate is heated with water,
it turns black and the supernatant solution gives a white precipitate with acidified barium
nitrate solution. Therefore, E is
(A) Na2S (B) Na2S2O3
(C) Na2SO3 (D) Na2SO4
(69) The metal M crystallizes in a body centered lattice with cell edge 400 pm. The atomic
radius of M is
(A) 200 pm (B) 100 pm
(C) 173 pm (D) 141 pm
20
C 230
(70) The reaction that does not proceed in forward direction is

(A) BeF2 + HgI2 → BeI2 + HgF2 (B) LiI + CsF → LiF + CsI
(C) CuI2 + 2CuF → CuF2 + 2CuI (D) CaS + H2O → CaO + H2S
(71) The order of basicity of the following compounds is
(A) I > II > IV > III (B) IV > II > I > II

(C) III > II > I > IV (D) I > II > III > IV
(72) The appropriate sequence of reactions for obtaining 2-phenylbutanoic acid from benzene
is
(A) (i) 1-chlorobutane/AlCl3 (ii) limited Cl2, light (iii) aq NaCN (iv) H+, H2O, heat
(B) (i) 2-chlorobutane/AlCl3 (ii) K2Cr2O7/H2SO4
(C) (i) propanoyl chloride/AlCl3 (ii) Zn-Hg/HCl (iii) limited Cl2, light (iv) aq. NaCN
(v) H+, H2O, heat
(D) (i) butanoyl chloride/AlCl3 (ii) NaBH4 (iii) CuCN (iv) H+, H2O, heat
(73) The quantity that does not change for a sample of a gas in a sealed rigid container when
it is cooled from 120oC to 90oC at constant volume is
(A) average energy of the molecule (B) pressure of the gas
(C) density of the gas (D) average speed of the molecules
(74) An ideal gas taken in an insulated chamber is released into interstellar space. The
statement that is nearly true for this process is
(A) Q = 0, W ≠ 0 (B) W = 0, Q ≠ 0
(C) ∆U = 0, Q ≠ 0 (D) Q = W = ∆U = 0
(75) 4-amino-3-methylbutanoic acid is treated with thionyl chloride followed by ammonia to

obtain compound “X”. “X” on reaction with bromine in an alkaline medium gave
21
C 230
compound “Y”. For estimation, “Y” was titrated with perchloric acid. The volume of
0.1 M perchloric acid needed to react with 0.22 g of “Y” is
(A) 50 mL (B) 80 mL
(C) 120 mL (D) 200 mL
(76) For [FeF6]3− and [CoF6]3−, the statement that is correct is

(A) both are colored
(B) both are colorless
(C) [FeF6]3- is colored and [CoF6]3− is colorless
(D) [FeF6]3- is colorless and [CoF6]3− is colored
(77) Cotton fibers consist of cellulose polymers with neighboring polymers chains held
together by hydrogen bonds between −OH groups in the glucose units. Due to these
hydrogen bonds
(A) cotton is insoluble in water
(B) cotton can easily absorb ghee and oils and therefore are used to make
wicks in traditional lamps
(C) it is easier to iron cotton clothes when they are slightly wet or by applying
steam to the clothes
(D) cotton clothes have a high wear and tear than other fibers
(78) For the following reaction, formation of the product is favored by
A2(g) + 4B2(g) ≪ 2AB4(g), ∆H < 0
(A) low temperature and high pressure (B) high temperature and low pressure
(C) low temperature and low pressure (D) high temperature and high pressure
(79) Imagine a hypothetical situation in which capacity of any molecular orbital is 3 instead of
2 and the combination rules for the formation of molecular orbitals remain the same.
The number of delocalized pi-electrons stipulated by the modified Huckel’s rule of
aromaticity is (n= integer, including zero)
22
C 230
(A) (3n+2) (B) (4n+3)

(C) (2n+3) (D) (6n+3)
(80) One mole crystal of a metal halide of the type MX with molecular weight 119 g having
face centered cubic structure with unit cell length 6.58 Å was recrystallized. The density
of the recrystallized crystal was found to be 2.44 g cm −3. The type of defect introduced
during the recrystalization is
(A) additional M+ and X‾ ions at interstitial sites
(B) Schottky defect
(C) F-centre
(D) Frenkel defect
23
C 230
24
CHEMISTRY 2015 ANSWER KEY
NSEC - 2015
C230 C281 C252 C243
Answer Answer Answer Answer
Q.No. Q.No. Q.No. Q.No.
key key key key
1 C 1 C 1 C 1 C
2 D 2 D 2 D 2 D
3 C 3 C 3 C 3 C
4 D 4 D 4 D 4 D
5 A 5 A 5 A 5 A
6 C 6 C 6 C 6 C
7 C 7 C 7 C 7 C
8 A 8 D 8 B 8 B
9 D 9 C 9 D 9 B
10 A 10 A 10 D 10 D
11 C 11 D 11 D 11 B
12 C 12 C 12 A 12 D
13 B 13 B 13 A 13 C
14 C 14 B 14 B 14 B
15 D 15 B 15 B 15 C
16 B 16 C 16 D 16 B
17 B 17 A 17 C 17 D
18 D 18 D 18 A 18 C
19 B 19 A 19 D 19 B
20 D 20 C 20 C 20 D
21 C 21 C 21 B 21 B
NSEC - 2015
C230 C281 C252 C243
key key key key
22 B 22 B 22 B 22 B
23 C 23 C 23 B 23 A
24 B 24 D 24 C 24 C
25 D 25 B 25 B 25 C
26 C 26 D 26 B 26 C
27 B 27 D 27 D 27 B
28 D 28 D 28 B 28 D
29 B 29 A 29 D 29 B
30 B 30 A 30 C 30 D
31 A 31 B 31 B 31 D
32 C 32 B 32 C 32 A
33 C 33 B 33 B 33 B
34 C 34 B 34 D 34 B
35 B 35 D 35 C 35 C
36 D 36 B 36 B 36 B
37 B 37 D 37 D 37 B
38 D 38 C 38 B 38 D
39 D 39 B 39 B 39 B
40 A 40 C 40 A 40 D
41 B 41 B 41 C 41 A
42 B 42 D 42 C 42 B
NSEC - 2015
C230 C281 C252 C243
key key key key
43 C 43 C 43 C 43 B
44 B 44 B 44 B 44 D
45 B 45 D 45 D 45 A
46 D 46 B 46 B 46 D
47 B 47 B 47 D 47 A
48 D 48 A 48 D 48 C
49 A 49 C 49 A 49 C
50 B 50 C 50 B 50 B
51 B 51 C 51 B 51 C
52 D 52 B 52 C 52 D
53 B 53 D 53 B 53 D
54 D 54 B 54 B 54 C
55 D 55 D 55 D 55 A
56 D 56 D 56 B 56 D
57 A 57 A 57 D 57 C
58 A 58 B 58 A 58 B
59 B 59 B 59 B 59 B
60 B 60 C 60 B 60 B
61 D 61 B 61 D 61 C
62 C 62 B 62 A 62 B
63 A 63 D 63 D 63 D
NSEC - 2015
C230 C281 C252 C243
key key key key
64 D 64 B 64 A 64 D
65 C 65 D 65 C 65 D
66 B 66 A 66 C 66 A
67 B 67 B 67 B 67 A
68 B 68 B 68 C 68 B
69 C 69 D 69 D 69 B
70 A 70 A 70 A 70 A
71 A 71 A 71 A 71 A
72 C 72 C 72 C 72 C
73 C 73 C 73 C 73 C
74 D 74 D 74 D 74 D
75 A 75 A 75 A 75 A
76 D 76 D 76 D 76 D
77 C 77 C 77 C 77 C
78 A 78 A 78 A 78 A
79 D 79 D 79 D 79 D
80 B 80 B 80 B 80 B
C321

NATIONAL STANDARD EXAMINATION IN CHEMISTRY 2016 -17
Date of Examination: 27TH November, 2016
Time: 1100 to 1300 Hrs
Q. Paper Code: C321

Write the question paper code mentioned above on YOUR answer sheet (in
the space provided), otherwise your answer sheet will NOT be assessed. Note
that the same Q. P. Code appears on each page of the question paper.
1. Use of mobile phones, smartphones, ipads during examination is STRICTLY PROHIBITED.

2. In addition to this question paper, you are given answer sheet along with Candidate’s copy.
3. On the answer sheet, make all the entries carefully in the space provided ONLY in BLOCK
CAPITALS as well as by properly darkening the appropriate bubbles.
Incomplete/ incorrect/carelessly filled information may disqualify your candidature.
4. On the answer sheet, use only BLUE or BLACK BALL POINT PEN for making entries and filling
the bubbles.
5. The email ID and date of birth entered in the answer sheet will be your login credentials for
accessing performance report. Please take care while entering.
6. Question paper has 80 multiple choice questions. Each question has four alternatives, out of
which only one is correct. Choose the correct alternative and fill the appropriate bubble, as
shown.
7. A correct answer carries 3 marks whereas 1 mark will be deducted for each wrong answer.
10. No candidate should leave the examination hall before the completion of the examination.
11. After submitting your answer paper, take away the Candidate’s copy for your reference.
Please DO NOT make any mark other than filling the appropriate bubbles properly in the space
provided on the answer sheet.
Answer sheets are evaluated using machine, hence CHANGE OF ENTRY IS NOT ALLOWED.
1
C321
Instructions to Candidates (continued) –
Read the following instructions after submitting the answer sheet.
12. Comments regarding this question paper, if any, may be sent by email only to
iapt.nse@gmail.com till 29th November, 2016.
13. The answers/solutions to this question paper will be available on our website –
www.iapt.org.in by 2nd December, 2016.
14. CERTIFICATES and AWARDS –
Following certificates are awarded by the IAPT to students successful in NSEs
(i)Certificates to “Centre Top 10%” students
(ii)Merit Certificates to “Statewise Top 1%” students
(iii)Merit Certificates and a book prize to “National Top 1%” students
15. Result sheets can be downloaded from our website in the month of February. The “Centre
Top 10%” certificates will be dispatched to the Prof-in-charge of the centre by February,
2017.
16. List of students (with centre number and roll number only) having score above MAS will be
displayed on our website (www.iapt.org.in) by 22nd December, 2016. See the Eligibility
Clause in the Student’s brochure on our website.
17. Students eligible for the INO Examination on the basis of selection criteria mentioned in
Student’s brochure will be informed accordingly.
Useful Constants:
Charge of electron, e = 1.602  1019 C
Mass of electron, me = 9.1  1031 kg

Planck’s constant, h = 6.626  1034 J s
Speed of light, c = 3.0  108 m s1

Avogadro constant, NA = 6.022  1023 mol1
Molar gas constant, R = 0.082 L atm mol1 K1

= 8.314 J mol1 K1
2
C321
Indian Association of Physics Teachers

Total time: 120 minutes Marks: 240
Only one out of four options is correct
1) The electrons identified by quantum numbers n and l, (i) n = 4, l = 1, (ii) n = 4, l = 0, (iii) n = 3, l = 2,

(iv) n = 3, l = 1 can be placed in order of increasing energy from lowest to highest as
a) (iv) < (ii) < (iii) < (i) b) (ii) < (iv) < (i) < (iii)
c) (i) < (iii) < (ii) < (iv) d) (iii) < (i) < (iv) < (ii)
2) Spodoptol, a sex attractant, produced by a female fall armyworm moth, can be prepared as follows. The
structure of Spodoptol is (pKa: terminal alkynes ~25, alcohols ~ 17)
3) Passing H2S gas into a mixture of Mn2+, Ni2+, Cu2+ and Hg2+ in an acidified aqueous solution
precipitates
a) CuS and HgS b) MnS and CuS
c) MnS and NiS d) NiS and HgS
4) Battery acid (H2SO4) has density 1.285 g cm3. 10.0 cm3 of this acid is diluted to 1 L. 25.0 cm3 of
3
this diluted solution requires 25.0 cm of 0.1 N sodium hydroxide solution for neutralization. The
percentage of sulphuric acid by mass in the battery acid is
a) 98 b) 38
c) 19 d) 49
5) The compound that reacts fastest with methylamine is
3
C321
6) HgO is prepared by two different methods: one shows yellow colour while the other shows red colour.
The difference in colour is due to difference in
a) electronic d-d transitions b) particle size

c) Frenkel defect d) Schottkey defect
7) The pH of a 1.0  103 mol L1 solution of a weak acid HA is 3.60. The dissociation constant of the
acid is
a) 8.4  108 b) 8.4  106 c) 8.4  105 d) 8.4  102
8) The best sequence of reactions for preparation of the following compound from benzene is
a) ( i) CH3COCl/AlCl3 (ii) Oleum (iii) (CH3)2CH-Cl (1 mole)/AlCl3

b) (i) (CH3)2CH-Cl (1 mole)/AlCl3 (ii) CH3COCl/AlCl3 (iii) Oleum
c) (i) Oleum (ii) CH3COCl/AlCl3 (iii) (CH3)2CH-Cl (1 mole)/AlCl3
d) (i) (CH3)2CH-Cl (1 mole)/AlCl3 (ii) Oleum (iii) CH3COCl/AlCl3
9) Which reaction is spontaneous at all temperatures at standard pressure and concentration?

a) exothermic reaction with a decrease in entropy.
b) exothermic reaction with an increase in entropy
c) endothermic reaction with a decrease in entropy
d) endothermic reaction with an increase in entropy
10) The IUPAC name of the following compound is
a) 3-Aminocarbonylpent-1-en-4-yne b) 2-Ethenylbut-3-yn-1-amide
c) 2-Ethynylbut-3-en-1-amide d) 3-Aminocarbonylpent-4-en-1-yne
4
C321
11) NaOH solution is added dropwise to HCl solution and the

conductance of the mixture is measured after addition of
Conductance
each drop. The variation of conductance with volume of X Z
NaOH added is as shown in adjacent graph.
The statement that is not true for the above is Y

a) decrease in conductance from XY is due to decrease in
[H+]. Volume of base added
b) point Y represents the eqivalence point of titration.
c) Na+ has the higher equivalence conductance than H3O+.
d) segment YZ represents the conductance due to ions from
NaCl and NaOH in solution.
12) A colorless water-soluble compound on strong heating liberates a brown colored gas and leaves a
yellow residue that turns white on cooling. An aqueous solution of the original solid gives a white
precipitate with (NH4)2S. The original solid is
a) Zn(NO3)2 b) Ca(NO3)2
c) Al(NO3)3 d) NaNO3
13) The following compounds are heated (i) KNO3, (ii) Cu(NO3)2, (iii) Pb(NO3)2, (iv) NH4NO3 Which of
the following statement/s is/are correct?
a) (ii) and (iii) liberate NO2 b) (iv) liberates N2O
c) (i), (ii) and (iii) liberate O2 d) All statements are correct.
14) The diastereoisomer (stereoisomer that is not a mirror image) of ‘X’ is
5
C321
15) Given rH = 54.08 kJ mol1 and rS = 10.0 J mol1 at 25 C, the value of log10K for the reaction
A B is
a) 3.4 b) 10
c) 0.53 d) 113
16) Which of the complexes has the magnetic moment of 3.87 B.M.?
a) [Co(NH3)6]3+ b) [CoF6]3
c) [CoCl4]2 d) [Co(dmg)2] square planar complex (dmg = dimethyl glyoxime)
17) Compound ‘X’ in the following reaction is
18) A toxic element is to be removed from drinking water by adsorption on activated charcoal. At low
concentrations, the rate constant for adsorption is 1.8  105 s1. The time required to reduce the
concentration of the toxic element to 10 % of its initial concentration is
a) 1.28  105 s b) 5.85  103 s

c) 1.28  106 s d) cannot be calculated from the given data.
19) Assuming that Hund’s rule is violated by the diatomic molecule B2, its bond order and magnetic nature
will be respectively
a) 1, diamagnetic b) 1, paramagnetic
c) 2, diamagnetic d) 2, paramagnetic
20) In a cubic crystal structure, divalent metal-ion is located at the body-centered position, the smaller
tetravalent metal ions are located at each corner and the O 2 ions are located half way along each of
the edges of the cube. The number of nearest neighbors for oxygen is
a) 4 b) 6 c) 2 d) 8
6
C321
21) Organic compounds sometimes adjust their electronic as well as steric structures to attain stability.
Among the following, the compound having highest dipole moment is
22) Cyanide ion is a very good complexing agent and also functions as a reducing agent. Hence many
cyanide complexes of metals are known. Addition of an aqueous solution of KCN to a solution of
copper sulphate yields a white precipitate which is soluble in excess of aqueous KCN to form the
complex:
a) [Cu(CN)4]1 b) [Cu(CN)4]2 c) [Cu(CN)4]3 d) [Cu(CN)4]4
23) When a certain metal was irradiated with light of frequency 3.2  1016 Hz, the photoelectrons emitted
had twice the kinetic energy as did the photoelectrons emitted when the same metal was irradiated
with light of frequency 2.0  1016 Hz. The ν0 of the metal is
a) 2.4  1016 Hz b) 8.0  1016 Hz c) 8.0  1015 Hz d) 7.2  1016 Hz
24) The major product ‘S’ of the following reaction sequence is
25) 1.250 g of metal carbonate (MCO3) was treated with 500 mL of 0.1 M HCl solution. The unreacted
HCl required 50.0 mL of 0.500 M NaOH solution for neutralization. Identify the metal M
a) Mg b) Ca c) Sr d) Ba
7
C321
26) An electron beam can undergo diffraction by crystals which proves the wave nature of electrons. The
potential required for a beam of electrons to be accelerated so that its wavelength becomes equal to
0.154 nm is
a) 63.5 V b) 31.75 V
c) 635 V d) 127 V
27) A biodegradable alternating copolymer of L-alanine and glycolic acid (HO-CH2-COOH) is
28) In which of the following complexes the metal ion has the lowest ionic radius?
a) [Ti(H2O)6]2+ b) [V(H2O)6]2+ c) [Cr(H2O)6]2+ d) [Mn(H2O)6]2+
29) In cold climate, the water in a radiator of a car gets frozen causing damage to the radiator. Ethylene
glycol is used as an antifreezing agent. The amount of ethylene glycol that should be added to 5 kg
of water to prevent it from freezing at – 7 C is
(Given: Kf for water = 1.86 K mol1 kg; Molar mass of ethylene glycol = 62 g mol1)
a) 1165 g b) 46.7 g c) 116.7 g d) 93.4 g
30) The ratio of the energy of the electron in ground state of hydrogen atom to that of the electron in the
first excited state of Be3+ is
a) 1:4 b) 1:8 c) 1:16 d) 4:1
8
C321
A water insoluble, but organic solvent soluble, dye is dissolved in three organic solvents and taken in three
31)
separating funnels, a, b and c. To each solution, water is added, shaken, and kept undisturbed. The
solvents in separating funnels a, b and c from the following figures are respectively:
a) a: EtOH; b: CCl4; c: EtOAc b) a: CCl4 ; b: EtOH; c: EtOAc

c) a: EtOAc; b: CCl4 ; c: EtOH d) a: CCl4 ; b: EtOAc; c: EtOH
32) P, Q, R and S are four metals whose typical reactions are given below.
(I) Only Q and R react with dilute HCl to give H2 gas.

(II) When Q is added to a solution containing the ions of the other metals, metallic P, R and S are
formed.
(III) P reacts with concentrated HNO3 but S does not.
The correct order of their reducing character is:
a) S < P < R < Q b) S < R < P < Q c) R < Q < P < S d) Q < P < S < R
33) The kinetic energy of an electron that has a wavelength of 10 nm is
a) 2.4  1021 J b) 4.8  1021 J c) 2.4  1029 J d) 4.8  1029 J
34) Which of the following compounds contain 3centered 2electron bonding?
(i) [BeF2]n (ii) [Be(CH3)3]n (iii) [BeCl2]n (iv) [BeH2]n

a) (i) and (ii) b) (ii) and (iii) c) (ii) and (iv) d) (iii) and (iv)
35) 3-Methylpentane on monochlorination gives four possible products. The reaction follows free radical
mechanism. The relative reactivities for replacement of -H are 3⁰:2⁰:1⁰ = 6:4:1.
Relative amounts of A, B, C and D formed are

a) 6/31, 16/31, 6/31, 3/31 b) 16/31, 6/31, 6/31, 3/31
c) 6/31, 16/31, 3/31, 6/31 d) 6/31, 3/31, 6/31, 16/31
9
C321
36) White phosphorous on reaction with NaOH gives PH3 and
a) Na2HPO3 b) NaH2PO2 c) NaH2PO3 d) Na3PO4
37) Given the E0 values for the half reactions:

Sn4+ + 2 e  Sn2+, 0.15 V
2Hg2+ + 2 e  Hg , 0.92 V
PbO2 + 4 H+ + 2 e  Pb2+ + 2 H2O, 1.45 V
Which of the following statements is true?
a) Sn2+ is a stronger oxidizing agent than Pb4+.

b) Sn2+ is a stronger reducing agent than Hg 22 .
c) Hg2+ is a stronger oxidizing agent than Pb4+.
d) Pb2+ is a stronger reducing agent than Sn2+.
38) For the conversion CCl4(l)  CCl4(g) at 1 bar and 350 K, the correct set of thermodynamic parameters
is (Boiling point of CCl4 is 77 C)
a) G = 0, S = +ve b) G = 0, S =  ve
c) G = ve, S = 0 d) G = ve, S = + ve
39) How many isomers are possible for complex [Co(ox) 2Cl2]+?
a) 1 b) 3 c) 2 d) 4
40) The compound that will not react with silver perchlorate under normal conditions is
a) 3-bromocyclopropene b) tetraethyl ammonium chloride

c) tetramethylammonium hydroxide d) polyvinyl chloride
41) The conductivity of 0.10 M KCl solution at 298 K is 1.29  102 S cm1. The resistance of this solution
is found to be 28.44 . Using the same cell, the resistance of 0.10 M NH4Cl solution is found to be
28.50 . The molar conductivity of NH4Cl solution in S cm2 mol1 is
a) 0.130 b) 13 c) 130 d) 1300
42) Consider a compound CsXY2 where X and Y are halogens. Which of the following statement/s is/are
correct?
(i) X and Y have different oxidation states.
(ii) For Y with lower atomic number than X, X can assume oxidation states higher than normal.
(iii) Such compounds exist because Cs+ has a high charge to size ratio.
a) Only (i) b) (i) and (ii)

c) Only (ii) d) (i) and (iii)
10
C321
43) Match the compounds given in list I with their characteristic reactions in list II
List I (Compound) List II (Reaction)

1 Tertbutyl amine a Liberation of ammonia on heating with aq NaOH
2 2-methyl-2-pentanol b Effervescence with NaHCO3
3 2,4,6-trinitrophenol c Foul smell with chloroform in alkaline condition
4 Cyclohexane carboxamide d Formation of an water insoluble compound on
treatment with conc. HCl and ZnCl2
a) 1-a, 2-c, 3-d, 4-b b) 1-c, 2-d, 3-b, 4-a c) 1-a, 2-b, 3-c, 4-d d) 1-d, 2-a, 3-b, 4-c
44) Which of the following statements is not correct regarding the galvanic cells?
a) Oxidation occurs at the anode.

b) Ions carry current inside the cell.
c) Electrons flow in the external circuit from cathode to anode.
d) When the cell potential is positive, the cell reaction is spontaneous.
45) L-Fucose with the following planar representation is a sugar component of the determinants of the A,
B, O blood group typing
The open chain structure of L-Fucose can be represented as
46) In ammonia the bond angle is 107 48’ while in SbH3 the bond angle is about 91o 18’. The correct
explanation among the followings is/ are
a) The orbitals of Sb used for the formation of Sb-H bond are almost pure p-orbitals.
b) Sb has larger size compared to N.
c) Sb has more metallic character than N.
d) All the statements are correct.
47) Equal masses of ethane and hydrogen gas are present in a container at 25 C. The fraction of the total
pressure exerted by ethane gas is
a) 1/2 b) 1/16 c) 15/16 d) 1/8
11
C321
48) The volume of nitrogen evolved on complete reaction of 9 g of ethylamine with a mixture of NaNO2
and HCl at 273 ⁰C and 1 atm pressure is
a) 11.2 dm3 b) 5.6 dm3 c) 4.48 dm3 d) 22.4 dm3
49) If a dilute solution of aqueous NH3 is saturated with H2S then the product formed is
a) (NH4)2S b) NH4HS c) (NH4)2Sx d) NH4OH + S
50) Three Faradays of electricity are passed through aqueous solutions of AgNO 3, NiSO4 and CrCl3 kept in
three vessels using inert electrodes. The ratio (in moles) in which the metals Ag, Ni and Cr are
deposited is
a) 1 : 2 : 3 b) 3 : 2 : 1 c) 6 : 3 : 2 d) 2 : 3 : 6
51) Nepetalactone (X) is isolated as an oil from Catnip.
The number of chiral carbon atoms and the amount of KOH consumed by 83 mg of Nepatalactone
are respectively
a) 3, 50 mg b) 2, 56 mg c) 3, 56 mg d) 3, 28 mg
52) Number of PS single bonds and PS double bonds (PS) in P4S10 are respectively
a) 10, 6 b) 16, 0 c)14, 2 d) 12, 4
53) If the solubility product of iron(III) hydroxide is 1.8  1037, the pH of a saturated solution of iron(III)
hydroxide in distilled water is close to
a) 4 b) 5 c) 7 d) 9
12
C321
54) An alkyl halide (X) on reaction with ethanolic sodium hydroxide forms an alkene (Y) which on further
reaction with HBr gives the same alkyl halide. The alkene (Y) on reaction with HBr /peroxide
followed by reaction with Mg metal followed by reaction with HCN produces an aldehyde (Z). Z
is
55) HClO4 is a stronger acid than HClO. The correct statement is


a) ClO 4 ion is more stabilized than ClO

b) ClO 4 ion has higher hydration energy than ClO 
c) HClO4 is better solvated in water than HClO.
d) In HClO4, H is attached to Cl, while in HClO it is attached to O.
56) For an elementary rearrangement reaction A P, the following data were recorded at 303 K,
when [P]0 = 0 :
Set No. [A]0/mol L1 Rate of conversion of A/mol L1 min1

1 0.340 0.100
2 0.170 0.050
3 0.085 0.025
If the equilibrium constant of the reaction is 1.12 at 303 K, the rate constant for the reaction P  A
is
a) 0.263 min1 b) 0.294 min1 c) 0.526 min1 d) 0.588 min1
57) Compound P on treatment with CH2N2 (diazomethane) produces compound Q. Compound Q on

reaction with HI produces two alkyl iodides R and S. Alkyl iodide S with higher number of carbon
atoms on reaction with KCN followed by hydrolysis gives 3-methylbutanoic acid. The compound P
is
a) 2-butanol b) 1-butanol c) 2-methyl-2-propanol d) 2-methyl-1-propanol
58) I2 reacts with aqueous Na2S2O3 to give Na2S4O6 and NaI. The products of reaction of Cl2 with aqueous
Na2S2O3 are
a) Na2S4O6 + NaCl b) NaHSO4 + HCl c) NaHSO3 + HCl d) NaHSO3 + NaCl
59) The standard potentials (E) of and MnO2/Mn2+ half cells in acidic medium are 1.51 V
and 1.23 V respectively at 298 K. The standard potential of MnO2 half-cell in acidic
medium at the same temperature is
a) 5.09 V b) 1.70 V c) 0.28 V d) 3.34 V
13
C321
60) Aspartame (X) is an artificial sweetening agent and is 200 times sweeter than sugar. It is an ester of the
dipeptide of
a) alanine and phenylalanine b) aspartic acid and alanine

c) phenylalanine and glycine d) aspartic acid and phenylalanine
61) Which one of the following reactions is correct?
a) [Fe(CO)5] + 2NO  [Fe(CO)2(NO)2] + 3CO

b) [Fe(CO)5] + 2NO  [Fe(CO)3(NO)2] + 2CO
c) [Fe(CO)5] + 3NO  [Fe(CO)2(NO)3] + 3CO
d) [Fe(CO)5] + 3NO  [Fe(CO)3(NO)3] + 2CO
62) Standard molar enthalpy of formation of CO2 (g) is equal to
a) Zero
b) The standard molar enthalpy of combustion of carbon (graphite)
c) The standard molar enthalpy of combustion of C(g)
d) The standard molar enthalpy of combustion of CO(g)
63) The reaction of 1-phenylpropane with limited amount of chlorine in the presence of light gives mainly
a) 4-chloropropylbenzene b) 1-chloro-1-phenylpropane
c) 3-chloro-1-phenylpropane d) 2-chloro-1-phenylpropane
64) An ionic solid LaI2 shows electrical conduction due to presence of
a) La2+ and 2I b) La3+, 2I and e c) La2+, I2 and 2e d) La3+, I2 and 3e
65) For a gaseous reaction, A + B  Products, the energy of activation was found to be 2.27 kJ mol1 at
273 K. The ratio of the rate constant (k) to the frequency factor (A) at 273 K is
a) 0.368 b) 3.68 c) 4.34 d) 0.434
14
C321
66) In the case of dibromo derivatives of the following compound, the derivative having highest energy has
the bromo substituents in positions
a) 1,2 b) 2,3 c) 4,5 d) 1,10
67) The ionization energy of a certain element is 412 kJ mol1. When the atoms of this element are in the
first excited state, however, the ionization energy is only 126 kJ mol1. The region of the
electromagnetic spectrum in which the wavelength of light emitted in a transition from the first
excited state to the ground state is
a) Visible b) UV c) IR d) X-ray
68) The reaction of an olefin with HBr can proceed by ionic as well as radical mechanism. The reaction in
the presence of light takes place by radical mechanism, as
a) the free energy of the reaction in radical mechanism is higher than in ionic mechanism
b) ionic mechanism requires a catalyst while radical mechanism does not.
c) in the presence of light the activation energy of the reaction is lower than that for ionic
mechanism.
d) a radical reaction has very low activation energy as compared to that for the corresponding
ionic reaction.
69) The correct statement/s is/are
I. Soap is excellent for cleaning, 100% broken down by bacteria in rivers and hence has no further
environmental damaging repercussions.
II. Soap forms an insoluble precipitate/scum when hard water containing calcium and magnesium
ion is used.
III. Soaps can be used for cleansing under acidic solutions.
a) Only I b) Only II c) Only III d) I and III
70) The kinetic data recorded at 278 K for the reaction

NH4+(aq) + NO2¯(aq)  N2(g) + 2H2O(l) is
Set No. [NH4+]M [NO2¯]/M Rate of reaction/ M s1
1 0.24 0.10 7.2  106
2 0.12 0.10 3.6  106
3 0.12 0.15 5.4  106
The kinetic rate expression and the unit of rate constant (k) of the above reaction are respectively
a) k [NH4+][NO2¯]and M s1 b) k [NH4+] and s1

c) k [NH4+][NO2¯]and M1 s1 d) k [NO2¯] and s1
15
C321
71) Which of the following statements is not true for Ce3+ and Yb3+?
a) Both absorb in UV region b) Both show f-f transition

c) Both show 4f to 5d transition d) Both ions are colorless
72) Complete catalytic hydrogenation of naphthalene gives decalin (C 10H18). The number of isomers of
decalin formed and the total number of isomers of decalin possible are respectively
a) 1, 2 b) 2, 2 c) 2, 4 d) 3, 4
73) The mass of argon adsorbed per unit mass of carbon surface is plotted against pressure. Which of the
following plots is correct if x and m represent the masses of argon and carbon respectively? (----
represents extrapolated data)
a) b)
x/m x/m
P P
c) d)
x/m x/m
P P
74) In a process n-propyl chloride is reacted with sodium butanoate in an aqueous medium. After the
reaction diethyl ether is added and the solution is shaken. The two layers are separated. The
incorrect statement with respect to this procedure is
a) The reaction gives a solid product which precipitates in the aqueous solution.
b) The reaction takes place in the aqueous medium.
c) The product is extracted in diethyl ether and the organic layer is the upper layer.
d) The salt formed in the reaction remains in aqueous medium.
75) Which of the following statements about ammonium cerium(IV) nitrate, (NH 4)2[Ce(NO3)6] is false?
a) NO3¯ acts as a monodentate ligand

b) The Ce atom has a coordination number of 12
c) The shape of the complex ion is icosahedron.
d) The solution is used as oxidizing agent.
16
C321
76) The correct order of the magnitude of bond energy (kJ/mol) of the central C-C bond in the following
compounds is
(i) CH2=CH-CH=CH2 (j) Me3C-CPh3 (k) MeCO-CO-Me (l) CH≡C-C≡CH
a) k > i > l > j b) j > k > l > i c) i > j > k > l d) l > i > k > j
77) Which one of the following information about the compounds is correct?
Compounds Oxidation.state No. of P—OH No. of P—H No. of

of P bonds bonds P=O bonds
[I] H3PO2 Hypophosphorous 1+ 2 1 0
acid
[II] H4P2O5 3+ 2 2 2
pyropophosphorous acid
[III] H4P2O6 4+ 2 2 2
Hypophosphoric acid
[IV] H4P2O7 5+ 3 1 4
pyrophosphoric acid
a) I b) III c) IV d) II
78) The best method of preparation of 2-benzyloxynaphthalene is a base catalysed reaction of
a) benzyl chloride and 1-naphthol b) 1-chloromethylnaphthalene and phenol

c) 1-chloronaphthalene and benzyl alcohol d) benzyl alcohol and 1-naphthol
79) The pair that is isostructural (i.e. having the same shape and hybridization) is
a) NF3 and BF3 b) BF4¯ and NH4+ c) BCl3 and BrCl3 d) NH3 and NO3¯
80) A group which departs from the substrate in a nucleophilic substitution reaction is called a leaving
group. The ease of departure is determined by the acidity of the conjugate acid of the leaving
group; higher the acidity better is the leaving group. The correct order of the reactivity of the
following compounds in a given nucleophilic reaction is-
a) R-Cl > R-OCOCH3 > R-OSO2CH3 > RI

b) R-OSO2CH3 > R-Cl > R-OCOCH3 > ROH
c) R-I > RNH2 > R-OCOCH3 > R-OSO2CH3
d) R-Br > R-OSO2CH3 > R-OCOCH3 > ROCH3
17
NSEC 2016 – ANSWER KEYS
Q. No. Ans. Keys Q. No. Ans. Keys

1 A 2 B
3 A 4 B
5 B 6 B
7 C 8 B
9 B 10 B
11 C 12 A
13 D 14 C
15 B 16 C
17 C 18 A
19 A 20 C
21 D 22 C
23 C 24 B
25 B 26 A
27 A 28 B
29 A 30 A
31 B 32 A
33 A 34 C
35 C 36 B
37 B 38 A
39 B 40 D
41 C 42 B
43 B 44 C
45 C 46 A
47 B 48 C
49 B 50 C
51 D 52 D
53 C 54 B
55 A 56 A
57 D 58 B
59 B 60 D
61 A 62 B
63 B 64 B
65 A 66 D
67 A 68 D
69 B 70 C
71 B 72 A
73 D 74 A
75 A 76 D
77 D 78 A
79 A 80 D
ANSWER KEYS
NSEC : (PAPER CODE : C324)
1. [B] 2. [A] 3. [C] 4. [C] 5. [C]
6. [C] 7. [B] 8. [C] 9. [B] 10. [C]
11. [C] 12. [D] 13. [D] 14. [A] 15. [C]
16. [C] 17. [C] 18. [B] 19. [C] 20. [C]
21. [A] 22. [D] 23. [D] 24. [A] 25. [C]
26. [C] 27. [D] 28. [D] 29. [D] 30. [C]
31. [A] 32. [D] 33. [B] 34. [C] 35. [A]
36. [A] 37. [A] 38. [B] 39. [C] 40. [C]
41. [A] 42. [D] 43. [A] 44. [B] 45. [D]
46. [D] 47. [C] 48. [C] 49. [D] 50. [D]
51. [D] 52. [C] 53. [B] 54. [C] 55. [C]
56. [C] 57. [B] 58. [B] 59. [D] 60. [B]
61. [D] 62. [A] 63. [C] 64. [D] 65. [B]
66. [C] 67. [D] 68. [CD] 69. [A] 70. [A]
71. [C] 72. [B] 73. [D] 74. [C] 75. [B]
76. [C] 77. [B] 78. [A] 79. [C] 80. [B]
Date of Examination: 25th November, 2018
Time: 11:00 to 13:00 hrs
Write the question paper code mentioned above on YOUR answer sheet (in the space
provided), otherwise your answer sheet will NOT be assessed. Note that the same
Q.P. Code appears on each page of the question paper.
1. Use of mobile phones, smartphones, ipads during examination is STRICTLY PROHIBITED.
2. In addition to this question paper, you are given answer sheet along with Candidate’s copy.
3. On the answer sheet, make all the entries carefully in the space provided ONLY in BLOCK
CAPITALS as well as by properly darkening the appropriate bubbles.
Incomplete/incorrect/carelessly filled information may disqualify your candidature.
4. On the answer sheet, use only BLUE or BLACK BALL POINT PEN for making entries and
filling the bubbles.
5. The email ID and date of birth entered in the answer sheet will be your login credentials for
accessing performance report. Please take care while entering.
6. Question paper has 80 multiple choice questions. Each question has four alternatives, out of
which only one is correct. Choose the correct alternative and fill the appropriate bubble, as
shown.
Q. No. 22 a c d
7. A correct answer carries 3 marks whereas 1 mark will be deducted for each wrong answer.
10. No candidate should leave the examination hall before the completion of the examination.
11. After submitting your answer paper, take away the Candidate’s copy for your reference.
Please DO NOT make any mark other than filling the appropriate bubbles properly in the
space provided on the answer sheet.
Answer sheets are evaluated using machine, hence CHANGE OF ENTRY IS NOT ALLOWED.
1. Which of the energy values marked as I, II and III in the following diagram, will change by the
addition of a suitable catalyst?
(A) II only (B) I and II

(C) II and III (D) III only
2. The product ‘X” in the following reaction is
(A) a racemic mixture of ester (B) an optically inactive ester

(C) an optically active ester (D) a meso ester
3. At 298 K, change in internal energy for the complete combustion of fullerene, C60(s) an
allotrope of carbon and the enthalpy of formation of CO2(g) are -25970 kJ mol–1 and -393 kJ
mol–1 respectively. The enthalpy of formation of C60(s) at 298 K is
(A) -2390 kJ (B) 4.95  104 kJ
4
(C) 2.60  10 kJ (D) 2390 kJ
4. Which of the following is not paramagnetic?

(A) S2– (B) N2–
2–
(C) O (D) NO
5. Solubility product of AgCl is 1.8  10–10. The minimum volume (in L) of water required to
dissolve 1 mg of AgCl to close to
(A) 0.5 (B) 7.5
(C) 50 (D) 0.75
6. The complex [M(en)(Br)2(Cl)2] has two optical isomers. Their configurations can be represent
as:
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
7. A sample of water from a river was analyzed for the presence of metal ions and the
observations were recorded as given below:
Reagent added Observation
dil HCl No change
aq. Na2CO3 White precipitate
aq. Na2SO4 No change
The water sample is likely to contain
(A) Ba2+ (B) Cu2+
+
(C) Li (D) Mg2+
8. The lattice enthalpy and enthalpy of solution in water for solid NaCl are 753 kJ mol –1 and 5
kJ mol–1 respectively. If the solution enthalpies of Na+ and Cl– are in the ratio 6 : 5, the
enthalpy of hydration of Na+ ion is
(A) 408 kJ mol –1 (B) -412 kJ mol –1
–1
(C) -408 kJ mol (D) -412 kJ mol –1
9. The gaseous product obtained on reaction of BF3 with LiH is

(A) HF (B) H2
(C) B2H6 (D) F2
10. The equilibrium constant K for the reversible reaction A = B is 2 × 103 at 350 K. The rate
constant of the forward reaction in the presence and absence of a suitable catalyst at the
same temperature are 5 × 104 s–1 and 4 × 10–6 s–1 respectively. The rate constant of the
reverse reaction in the absence of the catalyst is
(A) 2 × 10–3 s–1 (B) 2.5 × 10–1 s–1
(C) 1.6 × 10–7 s–1 (D) 1.25 × 10–2 s–1
11. The number of stereoisomers possible for the following compound
(A) 4 (B) 2
(C) 16 (D) 32
V0bP
12. An adsorption isotherm equation proposed by Langmur is of the form V  , where V
1  bP 
is the volume of gas adsorbed at pressure P. For a given adsorbate/adsorbent system, V 0
and b are constants. The dependent of V on P can be depicted as
13. For the reaction 4NO 2  g  O 2  g 
 2N2O5  g , Hreaction  112kJ . If the N2O5 is
assumed to be formed in the reaction as a solid, Hreaction will be (Hsublimation of N2O5 is 54 kJ
mol–1)
(A) -220 kJ (B) -4 kJ
(C) -166 kJ (D) -332 kJ
14. Urea, CO(NH2)2 decomposes at 90o C as CO NH2  2  aq  

 NH4  aq   OCN  aq  .
Experimental data obtained for the reaction is given in the following plot.
From the graph it can be inferred that

(A) Average rate of the reaction is the same for successive time intervals of 10 h
(B) unit of rate constant of the reaction is h-1
(C) rate constant of the reaction is the lowest at 30 h
(D) the reaction is of zero order
15. If for an aqueous solution of a weak acid, pH = pKa + 2 at 25oC, the approximate fraction of
the acid in the dissociated form is
(A) 1.1% (B) 0.99%
(C) 99.0% (D) 9.9%
16. 2.0 L of N2 gas kept at 25oC and 5 atm pressure were expanded isothermally against a
constant pressure of 1 atm until the pressure of the gas reaches 1 atm. Assuming ideal
behaviour, reversible work of expansion in this process (in J) is close to
(A) 810 J (B) 194 kJ
(C) -810 kJ (D) 3390 kJ
17. The compound which would undergo a reaction with ammonia by SN1 mechanism?
Br
(A) (B) Br
Br
(C) Br (D)
18. The daily energy requirement of a teenager is 7800 kJ. As calculated from the data given in
the table below, the among of glucose he has to consume (g) per day assuming that the
entire energy he requires comes from the combustion of glucose is–
Molecule Hf (kJ mol–1)

C6H12O6 –1273
CO2 (g) –394
H2O –286
(A) 262 (B) 500

(C) 131 (D) 250
19. The pressure inside two gas cylinders of volume 25 m3 and 50 m3 ara kPa and 20 kPa
respectively. The cylinders are kept at the same temperature and separated by a valve.
What is the pressure in the combined system when the valve is opened?
(A) 30 kPa (B) 15 kPa
(C) 16.7 kPa (D) 2.5 kPa
20. Aluminium and copper are extracted from their oxide and sulphide ores respectively. Which
of the following is correct?
(I) Copper is extracted by the auto reduction of copper oxide by copper sulphide
(II) Aluminium cannot be obtained by chemical reduction due to its strong affinity for oxygen
(III) In electrometallurgy of Al, graphite is used as cathode to avoid reoxidation of Al into
Al2O3 by preventing formation of O2
(IV) Sulphide ores of copper are difficult to be reduced than the oxide ores
(A) I, II and IV (B) II and III

(C) II and III (D) II and IV
21. Which of the following graphs describes the relationship between [H3O+] and [OH–] in an
aqueous solution at a constant temperature?
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
22. From the given standard electrode potentials

Sn4   aq  2e  Sn2  aq E0  0.15 V
Br2     2e  2 Br   aq  E0  1.07 V
The approximate free energy change for the process
2Br   aq  Sn2  aq  Br2     Sn2  aq is
(A) 177.6 kJ (B) 355 kJ
(C) –177.6 kJ (D) –355 kJ
23. Number of moles of KClO3 that have to be heated to produce 1.0 L of O2(g) at STP can be
expressed as
(A) 1/3 (1/22.4) (B) ½ (1/22.4)
(C) 2/3 (1/22.4) (D) 3/2 (22.4)
24. The sequence of reagents required for the following conversion is
(A) (i) B2H6/H2O2/OH– (ii) Na (iii) C2H5 (B) (i) HCl (ii) C2H5ONa
(C) (i) H3O+ (ii) Na (iii) C2H5OH (D) (i) H3O+ (ii) Na (iii) C2H5Cl
25. Among the following, number of oxygen atoms present is the maximum in
(A) 1.0 g of O2 molecules (B) 4.0 g of O atoms
(C) 1.0 g of O3 (D) 1.7 g of H2O
26. Which of the following elements will exhibit photoelectric effect with light of the longest
wavelength?
(A) K (B) Rb
(C) Mg (D) Ca
27. Compound ‘X’ in the following reaction is
CH3
(A) (B)
CH3
CH3 CH3
(C) (D)
CH3 CH3
28. The standard molar entropies of H2 (g), N2 (g) and NH3 (g) are 130, 190 and 193 J mol–1 K–1
1 3

respectively. For the reaction N2  g  H2  g   NH3  g  Hreaction  45 kJ  to be in
2 2
equilibrium, the temperature must be equal to
(A) 464 K (B) 928 K
(C) 737 K (D) 354 K
29. Density of CO2 gas at 0oC and 2.00 atm pressure can be expressed as
(A) 2 g m–3 (B) 4 g m–3
3 –3
(C) 4  10 kg m (D) 8 g L–1
30. The maximum number of moles of CH3 consumed by one mole of crixivan, a drug used
against AIDS is
(A) 2 (B) 3
(C) 5 (D) 7
31. Concentration of K+ ions inside a biological cell was found to be 25 times higher than that
outside. The magnitude of the potential difference between the two sides of the cell is close
to (2.303 RT/F can be taken as 59 mV; difference in concentrations of other ions can be
taken as negligible).
(A) 4.2 mV (B) 195 mV
(C) 82 mV (D) – 82 mV
32. The standard redox potential for the reaction 2H2O O2 + 4H+ + 4e– is –1.23V. I the same
reaction is carried out at 25oC and at pH = 7, the potential will be
(A) –0.82 V (B) –3.28 V
(C) 0.82 V (D) –1.18 V
33. The order of pKa values of the following acids is

COOH COOH COOH COOH
OH OH HO OH
OH OH
(I) (II) (III) (IV)
(A) IV > I > III > II (B) III > IV > I > II
(C) II > I > III > IV (D) II > III > I > IV
34. If the radius of the hydrogen atom is 53 pm, the radius of the He+ ion is close to
(A) 75 pm (B) 38 pm
(C) 106 pm (D) 27 pm
35. A substance X was heated at constant pressure and the temperature observed at various
times of heating was plotted as given below:
Which of the following is/are correct?

I. Melting point X is –50 C
II. Solid and liquid forms of X coexist in the region b
III. Boiling point of X is 55o C
IV. Solid and liquid forms of X coexist in the region d
(C) III only (D) I, II and III
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
37. In which of the following, all the bond lengths are not the same?
I. IF4 II. BF4 III. SF4 IV. TeCI4
(A) I, II, IV (B) II, III, IV
(C) I, III, IV (D) I, II, III
38. Among the following, the reaction/s that can be classified as oxidation – reduction is/are
I. Cr2O 72   aq   2 OH  aq   2 CrO 42   H2O I
II. SiCI4 I  2Mg  s   2MgCI2 I  Si  s 
III. 6CI2 I  12KOH I  2KCIO3  s   10KCI  6H2O I
IV. 2H2O 2  2H2O I  O 2  g
(A) I and IV (B) I, II and III
(C) II, III and IV (D) IV only
39. Among the following pairs, the one in which both the compounds as pure liquids can show
significant auto ionization is
(A) H2O and H2S (B) BrF3 and ICI3
(C) PF5 and PCI5 (D) HF and HCI
40. The number of quaternary and chiral carbon atoms present in elatol, isolated from an alge
are respectively
(A) 2, 3 (B) 4, 2
(C) 3, 2 (D) 1, 3
41. Compound X  pK a  15  and Y  pK a  10  , both produce H2 one treatment with sodium
metal and both yield a mixture of isomers on mononitration. X and Y respectively are:
(A) IV, I (B) III, II

(C) III, I (D) I, III
42. A crystal of KCI containing a small amount of CaCI2 will have

(A) vacant CI– sites
(B) vacant K+ sites and a higher density as compared to pure KCI
(C) vacant K+ sites and a lower density as compared to pure KCI
(D) K+ ions in the interstitial sites
43. In the following reaction, the values of a, b and c, respectively ly

aF2  g  b OH  aq   F   aq   d OF2  g  e H2O I 
(A) 3, 2, 4 (B) 3, 4, 2
(C) 2, 2, 4 (D) 2, 2. 2
44. The monosaccharide present in the following disaccharide is
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
45. The IUPAC name of the complex Pt  en NH3  CI2  ONO    Ag  CN 2  is
(A) monoamminedichlorido (ethane -1, 2, diammine) nitritoplatinum (IV) dicyanoargentate (I)
(B) monoaminebischlorido (ethane -1, 2 - diamine) nitroplatinate (IV) dicyanosilver (I)
(C) monoaminebischlorido (ethane –1, 2 - diammine) nitritoplatinate (IV) dicyanoargenate (I)
(D) monoamminedichlorido (ethane -1, 2 - diamine) nitritoplatinum (IV) dicyanoargentate (I)
46. The correct order of basicity of the following species is
(A) III < IV < II < I (B) III < I < II < IV
(C) III < II < I < IV (D) IV < I < II < III
47. Which among the following is nonlinear?

(A) N3 (B) CIF2
(C) Br3 (D) BrCI2
48. The compound most likely to lose water on protonation is

(A) (B)
(C) (D)
49. The Newman projection shown is the same as
(I) (II)
(IV)
(III)
(C) III and IV (D) I and II
50. Which one of the following is not used as a monomer for the synthesis of a high holecular
weight silicone polymer?
(A) MeSiCI3 (B) Me2SiCI2
(C) Me3SiCI (D) PbSiI3
51. In YBa2Cu3O7x, a superconducting oxide that got George Bednorz and Karl Mullar the Nobel
prize in 1986. Cu can exist in both +2 and +3 oxidation states and their proportion depends
on the value of ‘x’. In YBa 2Cu3O7.0.5
(A) 0.5 moles of Cu are in +3 oxidation state
(B) 5% of Cu is in +3 oxidation state
(C) All the Cu is in +3 oxidation state
(D) All Cu is in +2 oxidation state
52. Compound ‘Y’ (molar mass = 88.12 g mol–1) containing 54.52% carbon, 9.17% hydrogen
and 36.31% oxygen gives a reddish – brown precipitate in Fehling’s test. ‘Y’ is
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
53. The IUPAC name of the following compound is
(A) 1 – Bromo – 4 – chloro – 3 etheny ibutane

(B) 4 – Bromon – 1 – chloro – 3 ethenylbutane
(C) 3 – (Bromomethyl) – 5 – chloropent – 1 – ene
(D) 3 – (Bromomethyl) – 1 – chloropent – 4 – ene
54. The correct order of boiling points of the following compounds is
I II III IV
(A) III < IV < II < I (B) I < III < IV < II
(C) I  II  III  IV (D) IV  III  I  II
55. Which of the following is a strong oxidizing agent?

(A) AICI3 (B) TICI3
(C) NF3 (D) PCI3
56. The molecule in which all atoms are not coplanar is

(A) (B)
(C) (D)
57. The most stable radical among the following is
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
58. During World War II, soldiers posted at high altitudes experienced crumbling of the tin
buttons of their uniforms into a grey powder. This can be attributed to
(A) oxidation of tin
(B) interaction with nitrogen in the air at low pressure
(C) change in the crystal structure of tin
(D) reaction of tin with water vapour in the air
59. The molecules that can exhibit tautomerism are
(A) I, IV (B) II, III

(C) III, IV (D) I, II
60. A scientist attempts to replace a few carbon atoms in 1.0 g of diamond with boron atoms or
nitrogen atoms in separate experiments. Which of the following is correct?
(A) The resulting material with B doping will be an n type semiconductor
(B) The resulting material with B doping will be a p type semiconductor
(C) B doping is NOT possible as B cannot form multiple bonds
(D) The resulting material with N doping will be a p – type semiconductor
61. Compound ‘P’ that undergoes the sequence of reactions given below to give the product Q
is
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
62. The most stable Lewis structure of N2O is

(A) : O = N = N : (B) : N = O = N :
(C) : N  N  O : (D) O  N  N :
63. The major product ‘X’ formed in the following reaction is
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
64. Which of the following accounts best for the fact the F– is smaller than O2–?
(A) F– has a larger nuclear mass than O2– (B) F– has a larger nuclear charge than O2–
(C) F– is more polarizable than O2– (D) F– is more electronegative than O2–
65. The correct sequence of reagents from those listed below for the following conversion is–
(I) NaNH2 (II) Br2

(III) H2/Pd–C, quinoline (IV) H3O+
(A) IV – I – III (B) III – IV – I
(C) II – I – III (D) I – II – III
66. An orbital among the following that has two radial nodes and two angular nodes is
(A) 3d (B) 4p
(C) 4f (D) 5d
67. The compound ‘X’ undergoing the following reaction is

i dil aq NaOH
(ii) H
X 
iii acid K 2Cr2O7  C8H4 O3
(iv ) Heat
68. A dilute solution of an alkali metal in liquid ammonia is

(I) blue in color (II) conducts electricity
(III) paramagnetic (IV) an oxidising agent
(A) I and III (B) II and IV

(C) I and III (D) I and III
69
(A) i, ii and iii (B) i and ii

(C) i and iii (D) ii and iii
70. The C–O bond length is the shortest in

(A) [Cr(CO)6] (B) [Mo(CO)6]
(C) [Mn(CO)6]+ (D) [V(CO)6]–
71. The rate of the reaction between two reactants X and Y can expressed as R = k [X] 2 [Y]. In
an experiment, the initial rate of the reaction was found to be R1 when the initial
concentration of X and Y are [X0] and [Y0]. Another experiment was performed in which [X0]
was taken as ½ [X0]. What should be [Y0] in this experiment to get the initial rate as 0.5R1?
(A) 4[Y0] (B) ½ [Y0]
(C) 2 [Y0] (D) [Y0]
72. Among the following, the compound that has the highest dipole moment is
(A) CH3COOCH3 (B) CH3CONH2
(C) CH3COC2H5 (D) CH3COCl
73. A common method to clean acid spills is to use Na2CO3 (Molar mass 106g). If 50.0 mL of
0.75 M HCl is split on a wooden surface, the amount of Na2CO3 required is
(A) 3.75 g (B) 7.5 g
(C) 2.0 g (D) 4.0 g
74. The spin-only magnetic moments of [Fe(NH3)6]3+ and [FeF6]3– (in units of BM) respectively
are
(A) 1.73 and 1.73 (B) 5.92 and 1.73
(C) 1.73 and 5.92 (D) 5.92 and 5.92
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
76. The standard electrode potential (E0) of the Daniel cell is 1.1 V and the overall cell reaction
can be represented as Zn(s) + Cu2+ (aq)  Zn2+ (aq) + Cu(s).
(A) 1.0 M Zn2+, 1.0M Cu2+ (B) 1.2 M Zn2+, 1.2 M Cu2+
2+ 2+
(C) 0.1 M Zn , 1.0M Cu (D) 1.0 M Zn2+, 0.01M Cu2+
77. Penicillamine is used in the treatment of arthritis. One molecule of penicillamine contains a
single sulphur atom and the weight percentage of sulphur in penicillamine is 21.49%.
Molecular weight of penicilamine in g mol–1 is
(A) 85.40 (B) 68.76
(C) 125.2 (D) 149.2
78. An ion exchange resin, RH2 can replace Ca2+ in hard water as
2 2 
RH2  Ca   RCa  2 H
When a 1.0 L hard water sample was passed through the resin, all H+ ions were replaced by
Ca2+ ions and the pH of eluted water was found to be 2.0. The hardness of water (as ppm of
Ca2+ in the sample of water treated is
(A) 50 (B) 100
(C) 125 (D) 200
79. The analysis of three different binary oxides of bromine (Br) and oxygen (O) gives the
following results:
Compound Mass of O combined with 1.0 g of Br
X 0.101 g
Y 0.303 g
Z 0.503 g
Which of the following statements is not correct?
(I) Compound Y I Br2O3 (II) Compound Z is Br2O5
(III) Compound Z is Br2O7 (IV) Compound Y is Br2O5
(A) I and II (B) II and IV

(C) III and IV (D) I and II
80. Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct?

(I) Number of significant in 2345.100 is three
(II) 0.00787 rounded to two significant figures is written as 0.787  10–2
(III) 340 rounded to two significant figures is written as 0.34  10–3
(IV) The number of significant figures in 0.020 is two
(A) II and III (B) III and IV

(C) I, II and IV (D) III only
NATIONAL STANDARD EXAMINATION IN CHEMISTRY
2018-19 ANSWER KEYS
SET No. C 321
1. C 2. C 3. D 4. A&C
5. A 6. D 7. D 8. C
9. C 10. All options 11. C 12. B
are incorrect
13. A 14. B 15. C 16. A

17. D 18. B 19. C 20. A
21. D 22. A 23. C 24. D
25. B 26. B 27. C 28. A
29. All options 30. B 31. C 32. A
are incorrect
33. D 34. D 35. B 36. C

37. C 38. C 39. B 40. A
41. D 42. C 43. D 44. A
45. D 46. B 47. D 48. A
49. C 50. C 51. D 52. B
53. C 54. B 55. B 56. C
57. D 58. C 59. C 60. B
61. B 62. D 63. C 64. B
65. C 66. D 67. C 68. C
69. C 70. C 71. C 72. B
73. C 74. C 75. A 76. C
77. D 78. D 79. C 80. B
HINTS & SOLUTIONS
1. C
Sol. Only threshold energy and activation energy are changed by using catalyst.
2. C
Sol. The configuration of alcohol as well as the substituted acid are fixed. Hence no change in
optically activity.
3. D
Sol. C60  s   120 O2  g 
 60 CO2  g
comHo = -25970 kJ mol–1
fHo of CO2 = -393 kJ mol–1
 -25970 = 60  -393 (fHo of C60 + 0)
fHo C60 = 2390 kJ mol–1
4. A&C
Sol. Both ions O2– and S2– are diamagnetic. The electron configuration of O2– is 1s22s22p6 and
that of S2– is 2s22s22p63s23p6
5. A
Sol. Ksp = s2 = 1.8  10-10
or, s  1.8  10 10  1.34  10 5 mol L1
Mass of AgCl dissolved in one litre waer = 1.34  10-5  143.5
= 192.29  10–5 g
= 192.29  10–5  103 mg
= 192.29  10–2 mg
 One litre can dissolve = 1.92 mg
1 1
1 mg will be dissolved =   0.5L
1.92 2
6. D
Sol. The optical isomer are the non super imposable mirro images of each other.
7. D
Sol. Mg2  2HCl  MgCl2  H2
Mg2  Na2CO3 
 MgCO3   2Na 
Mg2  Na2SO4 
 MgSO4  2Na 
8. C
Sol. Hsol = HHyd + Hlattice= 0
5 = 753 + Hlattice
Hlattice = -748
6
H.E = 748   408 kJ mol–1
11
9. C
Sol. 2BF3  6LiH 
 6LiF  B2H6
10. A
Sol.
11. C
Sol. No. of geometrical isomers = 2n = 24 = 16
12. B
V0bP
Sol. V
1  bP 
1 1  bP 1 bP
or   
V V0bP V0bP V0bP
1 1 1
  
V0b P V0
y = mx + C
positive slope and intercept
13. A
Sol. H = - 112 kJ whenN2O5 is a gas
H = - 112 - 2  54 = -220 kJ mol-1
14. B
Sol. Equal fraction of reactants consumes in equal interval of time. Hence it is a first order
reaction.
15. B
Sol.
16. C
Sol.
17. D
Sol. It forms the most stable carbonium ion(benzyl) among the given compounds.
18. B
Sol. C6H12O 6  9O 2 
 6CO2  6H2O
rH = -2807 kJ mol
Total energy needed = 7800 kJ
7800
Energy released by 1 mole =  2.778
2807
 Mass of glucose = 2.778  180 = 500.178
19. C
P1V1  P2 V2  25  10    50  20 
Sol. P   16.66 kPa
V1  V2 50  25
20. A
Sol. Graphite is used as anode in the electrometallurgy of Al.
21. D
Sol. Product of [H3O+][OH–] is constant.
22. A
Sol. Sn4   2 e 
 Sn2 E0  0.15 V..... G10  2F  0.15 
 2Br  E 0  1.07 V..... G02  2F 1.07 
Br2  2 e 
 G03   G10   G02
 G03  2F  0.15    2F  1.07 
 G03  177.6kJ
23. C
Sol. 2KClO3 
 2KCl  3 O2
3  22.4 L O2 given by 2 moles
2 1
1 L of O2 gives = mole
3  22.4
24. D
Sol. H
H3 O OH
  
  O Na
OC2H5 C2H5 Cl
25. B
NA
Sol.  0 atom
4
26. B
hc
Sol. E
  longer 
Energy lesser required for rubidium
27. C
Sol. CH3 CH3
 i  O3 O
 
 ii Zn/H2O O
CH3 CH3
Cl 2 / NaOH
H3 O
O
OH
(adipic acid)
OH
28.
Sol. G = H – TS
At equilibrium G = 0
So, H= TS
H
T
S
1 3
S = 193  190   130 
2 2
= –97
45  1000
T=  464K
97
29.
Sol.
30. D
Sol. Nucleophilic substitution reaction.
31. C
Sol. Applying Nernst Equation
2.303RT
E  Eo  log10 K  
1F
2.303RT
E1  Eo  log10 25 K  
1F
Since they have asked magnitude of potential difference
1 2.303 RT 25 K  
E E  log
F K  
= 82 mV
32. A
Sol. 2H2O   O 2  4H  4e  1.23V
Apply Nernst Equation
0.0591 4
E  1.23  log10 H 
4
E = –1.23 – 0.0591  log10 10–7
E = –0.8163  –0.82V
33. D
Sol. Explained on basis of Ortho Effect.
34. D
n2
Sol. Use r  53 pm 1 pm = 10–12m

35. B
Sol. Phase change occurs at constant temperature.
36. A
Sol. Use electrophilic aromatic substitution.
37. C
Sol. As hybridization is sp3d, so we have two different type of bonds (axial and equatorial).
38. C
Sol. Change in oxidation number occurs.
39. B
Sol. 
2BrF3  BrF2   BrF4


2Cl3  Cl2   Cl4 

40. A
Sol. Br
(a)
HO (a)
(b) (a) Chiral
(a) Cl
(b) Quaternary
(b)
41. D
Sol. Use EAS, also Na reacts with hydrogen attached to electronegative atom to release H2(g).
42. C
Sol. Each Ca2+ will replace two K+.
Ca has mass no. as 40 whereas K has 39.
43. D
Sol. Follow either Ion electron/oxidation no. method to balance.
44. A
Sol. Use Haworth Projection rules.
45. D
Sol. Use IUPAC Nomenclature rules.
46. B
Sol. Stronger the acid weaker is it’s conjugate base.
47. D
Sol. BrCl2+ is bent shape due to sp3 hybridisation.
48. A
Sol. As after losing water, compound becomes Quasi aromatic species.
49. C
Sol. Use rules for conversion of flying Wedge representation to Newman.
50. D
Sol. Silicones have in general the chemical formula as [R2SiO]n where ‘R’ is alkyl or aryl group.
51. D
Sol. yBa2Cu3 O6.5
Use summation of oxidation no. = 0
52. AB
Sol. Find molecular formula by percentage composition given.
The formula is C4H8O2 and option (A) & (B) both give positive Fehlings Test.
53. C
Sol. Use IUPAC rules
54. B
Sol. Explained on basis of Intermolecular Hydrogen Bonding.
55. B
Sol. Tl prefers +1 oxidation state.
56. C
Sol. Cumulated alkene with even number of double bond is non planar.
57. D
Sol. More resonance stabilized and more hyper conjugation.
58. C
Sol. Due to TIN pest (Autocatalytic, allotropic transformation)
59. C
Sol. Acidic hydrogen in conjugation with electron withdrawing group.
60. B
Sol. As Boron is an electron deficit when compare with carbon.
61. B
Sol. P is
O
H3CO OCH 3 H3CO OCH 3
excess CH3 OH
 
P.C.C

HO HO O
H
CH3MgBr
O H3CO OCH 3
H3O 

HO
62. D
 
Sol. N  N O is the most stable Lewis structure because octet of all the elements is complete
and the +ve charge is present on less e.n and –ve charge on more e.n atom.
63. C
Sol.
Cl / AlCl 3 HNO3  H 2SO4

 
NO 2
64. B
Sol. Since both are isoelectronic species, but F– has higher nuclear charge hence it is smaller
than O2–.
65. C
Sol. Br
NaNH2 H H
 
H2 /Pd/C/Quinoline
 
Br
66. D
Sol. Radial nodes = z = n – l – 1
Angular nodes = z = l = d-orbital
Hence n = 5
Therefore 5d orbital
67. C
Sol. O
Cl C OH
dil.NaOH
 
CH2OH
Acidic K 2Cr2O7
H 
C OH
C OH C OH
O
O O
O
C
O
C
O
C4 H8 O3
68. C
Sol. I, II and III are correct statements.
69. C
Sol. i & iii involve carbocation intermediate.
70. C
Sol. due to positive charge on Mn, back bonding is not so effective(d - p)
71. C
Sol. R1 = K[X0][Y0]
2
1 
0.5 R1 = k  X 0   Y 
2 
Hence Y = 2[Y0]
72. B
O
Sol. H3C C NH2 has highest dipole moment because of stable resonating structure
O
O
H3C C 

NH2 
 CH3  C  N  H
73. C
Sol. milli eq of HCl = 50  0.75 = 37.5 mili eq
WNa2CO3
 1000  37.5
53
WNa2CO3 = 2 gram
74. C
Sol. [Fe(NH3)6]3+ has 1 unpaired and [FeF6]3– has 5 unpaired electron
75. A
Sol. O O OH
Br - Mg Cl
1 mol
CH3  C  CH2  C  OC2H5 Cl C  CH2  COOC2H5
+
H3 O
OH
76. C
Sol. Zn2+ concn will be less than 1 M hence Zn2+ will more spontaneously oxidized at anode
0.59 .1
E  1.1  log
2 1
77. D
21.49
Sol. M  32
100
3200
M  149.2
21.49
78. D
Sol. pH = 2
[H+] = 10-2 M
1 L = 103 g of water has 10-2 mole of H+
1 ppm = 106 g of water has 10 mole of H+ = 5 mole of Ca2+
Hence weight of Ca = 5  40 = 200 ppm
79. D
Sol.
80. B
NATIONAL STANDARD EXAMINATION IN CHEMISTRY (NSEC) 2019-20 | 24-11-2019
Total Time : 120 minutes (A–1 and A–2)
A–1
ONLY ONE OUT OF FOUR OPTIONS IS CORRECT
1. Myoglobin, (Mb), an oxygen storage protein, contains 0.34% Fe by mass and in each molecule
of myoglobin one ion of Fe is present. Molar mass of Mb (g mol –1) is (Molar mass of Fe = 5.845 g
mol–1)
(A) 16407 (B) 164206 (C) 16425 (D) 164250
Ans. (C)
Sol. Molar mass of Myoglobin (Mb)
55.845
=  100 = 16425
0.34
om
2. The following Ellingham diagram depicts the oxidation of 'C', 'CO' and Fe'. Which of the following is
correct?
.c
Ellingham Diagram
u
T/K
–200
ur
200 4000 600 800 1000 1200 1400
–250 2C + O2  CO
–300
yg
tr
–350
is
Gº/kJ/mol
C + O2  CO2
em
–400
–450 2Fe+O2FeO
h
–500
ec
2CO+O22CO2
–550
.th
w
I. FeO can be reduced by C below 600 K

II. FeO can be reduced by CO below 600 K
III. FeO can be reduced by C above 1000 K
w
IV. FeO can be reduced by CO above 1000 K

(A) II and III (B) I and IV (C) I and III (D) II and IV
w
Ans. (A)
Sol. Below 600 K, reaction-
FeO + CO  Fe + CO2 is feasible
Above 1000 K, reaction-
FeO + C  Fe + CO is feasible
3. A balance having a precision of 0.0001 g was used to measure a mass of a sample of about 15 g.
The number of significant figures to be reported in this measurement is
(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 5 (D) 1
Ans. (C)
4. N3–, F–, Na+ and Mg2+, have the same number of electrons. Which of them will have the smallest
and the largest ionic radii respectively?
(A) Mg2+ and N3– (B) Mg2+ and Na+ (C) N3– and Na+ (D) F– and N3–
Ans. (A)
Sol. For isoelectronic species, as no. of proton  size
so correct order of size is Mg2+ < Na+ < F– < N3–
5. The reaction of 2,4-hexadiene with one equivalent of bromine at 0ºC gives a mixture of two
compounds 'X' and 'Y'. If 'X' is 4,5-dibromohex-2-ene, 'Y' is
(A) 2,5-dibromohex-2-ene (B) 2,5-dibromohex-3-ene
(C) 2,3-dibromohex-3-ene (D) 3,4-dibromohex-3-ene
Ans. (B)
Br
y
om
1 eqBr2
Sol. +
0º C (?)
Br
(X)
.c
Conjugated diene give two types of electrophilic addition reaction.
(A) 1,2-addition
u
(B) 1,4-addition
Br
ur
X is 1,2 addition
Y will be
Br
Br
1,4,-addition
yg
tr
Br
is
So answer is 2,5-Dibromohex-3-ene
em

anhyd. AlCl3
+ CH2Cl2
heat
h
Excess
CH2Cl
ec
CH2Cl CHCl2
(A) (B) (C) (D)

.th
CH2Cl
Ans. (D)
w
Cl
Anhydroul
w
+ CH2 ?
Sol. AlCl3
Cl
w
Excess
 
Cl–AlCl3
+ CH2 CH2–Cl
Cl
 
CH2 CH2–Cl–AlCl3
7. An electrochemical cell was constructed with Fe2+/Fe and Cd2+/Cd at 25ºC with initial concentrations
of 'Fe2+] = 0.800 M and [Cd2+] = 0.250 M. The EMF of the cell when [Cd2+] becomes 0.100 M is
Half cell Eº(V)

Fe2+(aq)/Fe(s) – 0.44
Cd2+(aq)/Cd(s) – 0.40
(A) 0.013 V (B) 0.011 V (C) 0. 051 V (D) 0.022 V

Ans. (B)
Sol. Reaction
Cd2+ + Fe(s)  Fe2+ + Cd(s)
t=0 0.25 M 0.8 M
t=t 0.25 – x 0.8 + x
om
= 0.1
 x = 0.15.
At this instance [Cd2+] = 0.1 M
[Fe2+] = 0.8 + x = 0.95
[Fe 2 ]
.c
0.059
Ecell = E 0cell – log
2 [Cd2 ]
u
0.059  0.95 
Ecell = (– 0.4 + 0.44 ) – log  
ur
2  0 .1 
= 0.011V
8.
(A) 0.66 eV (B) 0.72 eV

yg
The kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected by a metal surface increased from 0.6 eV to 0.9 eV
when the energy of the incident photons was increased by 20%. The work function of the metal is
(C) 0.90 eV (D) 0.30 eV
tr
Ans. (C)
Sol. KEmax = E – E0
0.6 = E – E0  E = 0.6 + E0
is
0.9 = 1.2E – E0  1.2E = 0.9 + E0

1 0 .6  E 0
em
On dividing =
1.2 0.9  E 0
0.9 + E0 = 0.72 + 1.2 E0
 E0 = 0.9 eV
h
9. The alkene ligand ( –C2R4) is both a '' donoar and a '' acceptor, similar to the CO ligand in metal
ec
carbonyls, and exhibits synergic bonding with metals. Correct order of C–C bond length in
K[PtCl3(–C2R4)] complexes in which R = H, F or CN is
(A) H > F > CN (B) H > CN > F (C) CN > F > H (D) F > H > CN
.th
Ans. (C)
Sol. K[PtCl3(–C2R4]
In C2R4 as electron withdrawing nature of R  back bonding from pt to alkene
 C–C bond order
w
so order of electron withdrawing nature-

H < F < CN
w
order of C–C bond length

K[PtCl3(–C2R4)] < K[PtCl3(–C2F4)] < K[PtCl3(–C2(CN)4)]
w
10. The correct order of CFSE among [Zn(NH3)4]2+ and [Co(NH3)6]2+ and [Co(NH3)6]3+ is
(A) [Co(NH3)6]3+ > [Co(NH3)6]2+ > [Zn(NH3)4]2+ (B) [Zn(NH3)4]2+ > [Co(NH3)6]2+ > [Co(NH3)6]3+
3+ 2+ 2+
(C) [Co(NH3)6] > [Zn(NH3)4] > [Co(NH3)6] (D) [Co(NH3)6]2+ > [Co(NH3)6]3+ > [Zn(NH3)4]2+
Ans. (A)
Sol. CFSE in [Zn(NH3)4]2+ is zero.
so correct order of CFSE
Co(NH3 )36 > Co(NH3 )26 > [Zn(NH3)4]2+
11. When acid 'X' is heated to 230 ºC, along with CO2 and H2O, a compound 'Y' is formed. If 'X' is
HOOC(CH2)2CH(COOH)2, the structure of 'Y' is
O O O
(A) HOOC(CH2)3COOH (B)
O
(C) CH3CH2CH(COOH)2 (D)
O
O
Ans. (D)
COOH
230ºC
HO–C–CH2–CH2–CH 'y' + CO2 + H2O
COOH
om
Sol. O X
Acid
O O O
COOH

.c
HO–C–CH2–CH2–CH HOC–CH2–CH2–CH2–C–OH
–CO2
COOH
u
O O
ur
CH2–C–OH CH2–C
CH2
CH2 O
–H2O
CH2–C–OH
O
CH2—
O
yg
tr
12. Which of the following is correct about the isoelectronic species, Li + and H–?
I. H– is larger in size than Li+
is
II. Li+ is better reducing agent than H–

III. It requires more energy to remove and electron from H– and from Li+
em
IV. The chemical properties of the two ions are the same
(A) I only (B) II and III (C) I, II and IV (D) I and II
Ans. (A)
Sol. Li+ < H– size.
h
Li+ < H– reducing nature.

Li+ > H– ionization enthalpy.
ec
13. Number of products formed (ignoring stereoisomerism) in the monochlorination of ethylcyclohexane

is
.th
(A) 6 (B) 8 (C) 5 (D) 4

Ans. (A)
w
Sol. Cl2/h
Monochloro products (ignoring stereoisomers)
w
Cl Cl
w
Cl
Cl
Cl Cl
14. The number of asymmetric carbon atoms in strychnine, whose structure given below is
O O
(A) 5 (B) 4 (C) 6 (D) 7
Ans. (C)
N
* *
Sol.
* *
N
om
*
*
O O
Number of asymmetric carbon = 6
.c
15. Molten NaCl is electrolysed for 35 minutes with a currect of 3.50 A at 40ºC and 1 bar pressure.
Volume of chlorine gas evolved in this electrolysis is
u
(A) 0.016 L (B) 0.98 L (C) 9.8 L (D) 1.96 L
Ans. (B)
ur
Sol. 2NaCl  2Na+ + 2Cl–  Cl2
i t
Mole of electron transfer =
=
3.5  35  60
96500
= 0.076
F
yg
tr
0.076
Moles of Cl2 evolved = = 0.038
2
is
nRT 0.038  0.083  313

Volume of Cl2 = =
P 1
em
= 0.98 Lt.
16. Which of the following pairs of compounds can be stable while retaining the identity of each
compound in the pair over a period of time?
h
I. FeCl3, SnCl2 II. HgCl2, SnCl2 III. FeCl2, SnCl2 IV. FeCl3, KI
(A) I only (B) I and III (C) III only (D) II and IV
ec
Ans. (C)
Sol. HgCl2 + SnCl2  SnCl4 + Hg
.th
FeCl3 + SnCl2  FeCl2 + SnCl4

FeCl3 + KI  FeCl2 + I2 + KCl
w
17. The reaction xX(g) yY(g) + zZ(g) was carried out at a certain temperature with an initial
w
pressure of X = 30 bar. Initially 'Y' and 'Z' were not present. If the equilibrium partial pressure of 'X',
'Y' and 'Z' are 20, 5 and 10 bar respectively x : y : z is
(A) 4 : 1 : 2 (B) 2 : 1 : 2 (C) 1 : 2 : 1 (D) 1 : 1 :2
w
Ans. (B)
Sol. xX(g) yY(g) + zZ(g)
t=0 30
t = teq 30–xn yn zn
= 20 =5 = 10
 xn : yn : zn = 10 : 5 : 10
x:y:x=2:1:2
w
w
w
.th
ec
hem
is
tr
yg
ur
u .c
om
21. The set in which all the species are diamagnetic is
(A) B2, O2, NO (B) O2, O2+, CO
(C) N2, O2–, CN– (D) C2, O22–, NO+
Ans. (D)
Sol. B2, O2, NO, O2+, O2–  Paramagnetic
O22–, C2, N2, NO+, CO  Diamagnetic
om
22. A solid comprises of three types of elements, 'P', 'Q' and 'R'. 'P' forms an FCC lattice in which 'Q'
and 'R' occupy all the tetrahedral voids and half the octahedral voids respectively. The molecular
formula of the solid is
(A) P2Q2R (B) PQ2R4
.c
(C) P4Q2R (D) P4QR
u
Ans. (A)
ur
Sol. Formula of solid
= P4Q8R4/2 = P4Q8R2 = P2Q4R

yg
tr
23. The following qualitative plots depict the first, second and third ionization energies (I.E.) of Mg, Al
and K. Among the following, the correct match of I.E. and the metal is
is
em
8000
X
I.E./kJmol–1
6000
h
Y
4000
ec
Z
2000
.th
1 2 3
w
(A) X-Al; Y-Mg ; Z-K (B) X-Mg; Y-Al ; Z-K

w
(C) X-Mg; Y-K ; Z-Al (D) X-Al; Y-K ; Z-Mg

w
Ans. (C)
Sol. K Mg Al
4s1 3s2 3s23p1
Order IE1 K < Al < Mg
Order IE2 Mg < Al < K
Order IE3 Al < K < Mg

24. The structure of compound 'X' (C8H11NO) based on the following tests and observations is
Reagent/s Observation
Neutral FeCl3 No coloration
Lucas reagent Turbidity
NaNO2/HCl at 273 K Yellow oil
HO
om
OH H
N
H
(A) H2N (B)
.c
OH HO
u
H
N N
ur
(C) (D)
Ans. (D)
Neutral
yg
tr
No coloration HO
FeCl3 (No phenol)
Sol. X(C8H11NO) NH
Lucas CH3
is
Turbidity
reagent
(alcohol)
em
NaNO2/HCl Yellow oil

273 (sec. Aromatic
ammine)
h
ec
25. The number of stereoisomers is maximum for

(A) [Co(en)3]3+ (B) [Co(en)2ClBr] +
.th
(C) [Co(NH3)4Cl2] + (D) [Co(NH3)4ClBr] +
Ans. (B)
w
Sol. [Co(en)3]3+  Total no. of stereoisomers = 2

w
[Co(en)2ClBr]+  Total no. of stereoisomers = 2 + 1 = 3

w
[Co(NH3)4Cl2]+  Total no. of stereoisomers = 2
[Co(NH3)4ClBr]+  Total no. of stereoisomers = 2

26. Reaction of C6H5MgBr with phenol gives
(A) (B)
OH
O Br
(C) (D)
Ans. (A)
Sol. PhMgBr + HO + PhOMgBr
om
.c
27. The power and wavelength emitted by a laser pointer commonly used in Power Point presentations
are 1.0 mW and 670 nm respectively. Number of photons emitted by this pointer during a
u
presentation of 5 minutes is
(A) 1.01 × 109 (B) 1.01 × 1021
ur
(C) 1.6 × 1016 (D) 1.01 × 1018
Ans. (D)
Sol. yg
Total energy emitted in 5 min = 10–3 × 5 × 60 J = 0.3 J
tr
Nhc
E=

is
9
E 0.3670 10
N =  =     = 1.01 × 1018
em
hc 6.626 10
34 8
310
28. The work done (kJ) in the irreversible isothermal compression of 2.0 moles of an ideal gas from 1
bar to 100 bar at 25ºC at constant external pressure of 500 bar is
h
(A) 2452 (B) 490
(D) – 490
ec
(C) 2486
Ans. (A)
.th
Sol. W = – Pext (V)
 nRT nRT 
= – 500   
w
 100 1 
w
= – nRT (5 – 500)
= + 2 × 8.314 × 298 × 495 × 10–3 kJ = + 2452 kJ

w
29. Atropine (C17H23O3N) is a naturally occurring compound used to treat certain types of poisoning.
The degree of unsaturation in atropine is
(A) 7 (B) 6
(C) 5 (D) 4
Ans. (A)
Sol. (C17H23O3N)
2N  2  Z – M – X
DU =
2
Where = N = no. of carbon
M = no. of H
Z = no. of N
X = no. of Halogen
Hence = DU = 7
om
30. MnCl2.4H2O (molar mass = 198 g mol–1) when dissolved in water forms a complex of Mn2+. An
aqueous solution containing 0.400 g of MnCl 2.4H2O was passed through a column of a cation
exchange resin and the acid solution coming out was neutralized with 10 mL of 0.20 M NaOH. The
formula of the complex formed is
.c
(A) [Mn(H2O)4Cl2] (B) [Mn(H2O)6]Cl2
u
(C) [Mn(H2O)5Cl]Cl (D) Na[Mn(H2O)3Cl3]
ur
Ans. (C)
Sol. MCl2.4H2O  xH+  

NaOH
moles of compound taken =

0 .4
yg
tr
198
x  0 .4
is
moles of H+ formed =
198
em
moles of OH– required = 0.2 × 0.01 = 0.002
x  0 .4
 = 0.002
198
h
x  1
ec
Compound is [Mn(H2O)5Cl]Cl
.th
31. Which of the following is NOT correct about hydrides ?

I. Saline hydrides are stoichiometric and metallic hydrides are non-stoichiometric
w
II. BeH2 is monomeric whereas MgH2 is polymeric

w
III. Hydrides of the elements of Group 13 are electron deficient and those of Group 15 are electron
rich
w
IV. NaH reacts with water and liberates H2 whereas B2H6 does not react with water
(A) IV only (B) I and III
(C) III only (D) II and IV
Ans. (D)
Sol. BeH2 is polymetric while MgH2 is monomeric
2NaH + H2O  2NaOH + H2
B2H6 + H2O  B(OH)3 + H2
32. The compounds 'X' and 'Y' formed in the following reaction are
O
H3O+
H
X+Y
OH
om
(A) hemiacetals with identical physical and chemical properties
(B) acetals with identical physical and chemical properties
.c
(C) hemiacetals with different physical and chemical properties
u
(D) acetals with different physical and chemical properties
ur
Ans. (C)
O
Sol.
CH3
H
H3O+
x+y yg
tr
OH

OH
is
CH3
H3C OH H3C H
H
em
H O H H O OH
OH (x) (y)
x and y are hemiacetal and are diastereisomers of each other, so they will have different physical
h
and chemical properties.

ec
33. Aqueous solution of slaked lime, Ca(OH)2, is extensively used in municipal waste water treatment.
Maximum pH possible in an aqueous solution of slaked lime is (Ksp of Ca(OH)2 = 5.5 × 10–6)
.th
(A) 1.66 (B) 8.14
(C) 12.04 (D) 12.34

w
Ans. (D)
w
Sol. Ca(OH)2(s) Ca2+ + 2OH–

w
S 2S
Ksp = 4S3 ; S = 0.011
 [OH–] = 2S = 0.022
POH = 1.65 ; = PH = 12.34

34. An electron present in the third exited state of a H atom returns of the first exited state and then to
the ground state. If 1 and 2 are the wavelengths of light emitted in these two transitions
respectively, 1  2 is
(A) 4 : 1 (B) 5 : 9
(C) 3 : 1 (D) 2 : 1
Ans. (A)
n=4
Sol.  1
n=3
n=2
 2
n=1
om
1 1 1  16
 RH     1 
1  4 16  3RH
1 1 
.c
1 4
 RH      2 
2 1 4  3RH
u
1 16 4
  
2
ur
4 1
35. The percentage dissociation of 0.08 M aqueous acetic acid solution at 25ºC is (Ka of acetic acid at
25ºC = 1.8 × 10–5)
(A) 2.92
(C) 1.2
yg
(B) 1.5
(D) 4.8
tr
Ans. (B)
Sol. CH3COOH CH3COO– + H
is
C
C(1–) C C
em
Ka 1.8  105
  = 0.015
C 0.08
h
% dissociation = 1.5
ec
36. In which of the following, is a new C-C bond formed in the product ?
I. CH3CHO   
dil. NaOH
.th
II. CH3MgCl + C2H5OH  

heat
H O
III. CO2 + CH3MgBr 3 
w
CH3Br
IV. C2H2 + NaNH2  
(A) I, III and IV (B) II and III (C) III only (D) III and IV
w
Ans. (A)
OH O
w
Sol. (I) CH3CH = O    CH3–CH–CH2–C–H (C–C bond formed)

dil / NaOH
Aldol
(II) CH3MgBr + EtOH   (CH4 + EtOMgBr (No C–C bond)

heat
acid, base
H O
(III) CO2 + CH3MgBr 3   CH3COOH (C–C bond)
(IV) CH  CH + NaNH2  CH3C

 CH –Br
3 (C–C bond)
HCC–CH3
37. IUPAC name of the following molecule is
OH
H3C CH3
(A) 4-hydroxyhept-2-en-5-yne (B) hept-2-en-5-yn-4-ol
(C) hept-5-en-2-yn-4-ol (D) 4-hydroxyhept-5-en-2-yne
Ans. (B)
OH
Sol. 2 4
1 3 CH3
5 6 7
om
Hept-2-en-5-yn-4-ol
.c
38. The product/s of the following reaction is/are
u
COOH
ur
 
NaOH, CaO
heat
NO2
CHO CH2OH NO2

yg CH2OH
tr
is
NO2
NO2 NO2
em
() () () (V)
(A) I and II (B) II

h
(C) III (D) IV

ec
Ans. (C)
CHO
.th
NO2
Sol. 
NaOH / CaO

heat decarboxyl ation
w
NO2
w
39. For which of the following processes, carried out in free space, energy will be absorbed ?
I. Separating an electron from an electron
w
II. Removing an electron from a neutral atom
III. Separating a proton from a proton
IV. Separating an electron from a proton
(A) I only (B) II and IV
(C) I and III (D) II only
Ans. (B)
40. Decay of radioisotopes follows first order kinetics, Radioisotope U238 undergoes decay to a stable
isotope, Th234. The ratio of the number of atoms of U238 to that of Th234 after three half lives is
(A) 1/3 (B) 3/4
(C) 1/4 (D) 1/7
Ans. (D)
Sol. U238  Th234
t=0 N0
7 N0 7 N0
t = 3t1/ 2 N0 –
8 8
om
N0
=
23
.c
No. of U238 atoms N0 / 8 1
 234
= =
u
No. of Th atoms 7N0 / 8 7
ur
41. The anhydride of HNO3 is
(A) NO (B) NO2 (C) N2O (D) N2O5
Ans.
Sol.
(D)
Anhydride of HNO3 is N2O5 yg
tr
42. Which of the following is correct?
I. Sodium (Na) is present as metal in nature II. Na2O2 is paramagnetic
III. NaO2 is paramagnetic IV. Na reacts with N2 to form Na3N
is
(A) III only (B) II and IV (C) I, III and IV (D) II, III and IV
Ans. (A)
em
Sol. Na2O2 is diamagnetic

NaO2 is paramagnetic.
43. An excess of aqueous ammonia is added to three different flasks (F1, F2, F3) containing aqueous
h
solutions of CuSO4, Fe2(SO4)3 and NiSO4 respectively. Which of the following is correct about this
addition ?
ec
I. A precipitate will be formed in all three flasks

II. Ammonia acts as a base as well as a ligand exchange reagent in F1 and F3
III. A soluble complex of NH3 and the metal ion is formed in F1 and F3
.th
IV. A precipitate will be formed only in F2

(A) I only (B) IV only (C) II and IV (D) II, III and IV
Ans. (D)
 [CuNH3 4 ]2
w
excess of aq. NH3

Sol. CuSO4(aq) 
deep blue solu ion
Fe2(SO4)3  Fe OH 3 

w
excess of aq. NH3
reddish brown
NiSO4  [NiNH3 6 ]2

w
excess of aq. NH3
deep blue solution

44. The reagent/s that can be used to separate norethindrone and novestrol from their mixture is/are
OH OH
O HO
Norethindrone Novestrol
I. HCl II. NaOH III. NaHCO3 IV. NaNH2
(A) III (B) I and IV (C) I, II and IV (D) II
Ans. (D)
45. Which of the following is/are elecrophilic aromatic substitution reaction/s ?
om
Cl

Cl ,light
I. 2
u .c
II. BF3
+ (CH3)2CHCl  
ur
CH2OH
III. HCHO,H O

3
yg
tr
NH2

NaNH ,NH
IV. 2

is
(A) II, III and IV (B) II and III (C) I, II and III (D) II only
Ans. (B)
em
46. Among the halides NCl3 (I), PCl3(II) and AsCl3(III), more than one type of acid in aqueous solution
is formed with
(A) I, II and III (B) II only (C) I and II (D) II and III
h
Ans. (D)
NCl3 + 3H2O  NH3 + 3HOCl
ec
Sol.
PCl3 + 3H2O  H3PO3 + 3HCl
AsCl3 + 3H2O  H3AsO3 + 3 HCl
.th
47. The normal boiling point and Hvap of a liquid 'X' are 400 K and 40 kJ mol–1 respectively. Assuming
Hvap to be constant, which of the following is correct?
w
I. Svap > 100 J K–1 mol–1 at 400 K and 0.5 atm

II. Svap < 100 J K–1 mol–1 at 400 K and 1 atm
w
III. Svap < 100 J K–1 mol–1 at 400 K and 2 atm

IV. Svap = 100 J K–1 mol–1 at 400 K and 1 atm
w
(A) II and IV (B) II only (C) I and III (D) I, III and IV
Ans. (C)
Sol. At normal boiling point (Pext. = atm)
H vap 40000
Svap =  = 100 J/mol K
Tb º 400
At Pext = 0.5 atm  Tb < 400 K
 Svap > 100 J/mol-K
At Pext = 2 atm  Tb > 400 K
Svap < 100 J/mol-K
48. About the energy level diagram given below, which of the following statement/s is/are correct ?
R
P
Energy
Q
X Y
N
M
Reaction coordinate
I. The reaction is of two steps and 'R' is an intermediate
II. The reaction is exothermic and step-2 is rate determining
om
III. 'Q' is an intermediate and 'R' is the transition state for the reaction M  Q
IV. 'P' is the transition state for the reaction Q  N
(A) III and IV (B) I, III and IV (C) I, II and IV (D) III only
Ans. (A)
.c
R P
u
ur
Sol. Energy X Q
N
yg
tr
Rex. coordinate
is
49. The F–X–F bond angle is the smallest in (X is the central atom)
em
(A) CF4 (B) NH3 (C) OF2 (D) XeF5–

Ans. (D)
Sol. CF4 F–X–F bond angle = 109º29
NF3 F–X–F bond angle = 102º
h
OF2 F–X – F bond angle = 103º

XeF5 F–X – F bond angle = 72º
ec
50. The correct IUPAC name of the compound, [Pt(py)4][Pt(Br)4] is

.th
(A) tetrapyridineplatinum(II) tetrabromidoplatinate(II)

(B) tetrabromidoplatinum(IV) tetrapyridineplatinate(II)
(C) tetrabromidoplatinate(II) tetrapyridineplatinum(II)
(D) tetrapyridineplatinum(IV) tetrabromidoplatinate(IV)
w
Ans. (A)
Sol. [Pt(Py)4][PtBr4] IUPAC name is tetrapyridineplatinum(II) tetrabromidoplatinate(II)
w
51. All four types of carbon (1°, 2°, 3° and 4°) are present in
w
I II III IV
(A) I, II and III (B) II, III and IV (C) I, II and IV (D) II and IV
Ans. (D)
52. The mass (g) of NaCl that has to the dissolved to reduce the vapour pressure of 100 g of water by
10% (Molar mass of NaCl = 58.5 g mol–1) is:
(A) 36.11 g (B) 17.54 g (C) 81.25 g (D) 3.61 g
Ans. (B)
Sol. Raoult's law
Ps = P º × mole fraction of solvent
 
 100 / 18 
90 = 100   
 100 w  2 
  
 18 58.5 
 100 w  2  100
0.9  
 18 58.5  18
om
 w = 18.11 gm
Answer is not given in options, correct answer is (B).
53. The most acidic hydrogen in the following molecule is
.c
III
OH
u
HO O O
IV
ur
HO OH
II I
Ans.
Sol.
(B)
The conjugate base of II OH is resonance stabilized.
OH
yg
tr
HO O O
is
OH
O–
em
54. Two isomeric hydrocarbons 'X' and 'Y' (C4H6), give the same product (C4H8O) on catalytic hydration
with dillute acid. However, they form different products but with same molecular formula (C 4H6Br4)
when treated with excess bromine. 'X' and 'Y' are
h
(A) (B) &

ec
&
.th
(C) & (D) &

Ans. (C)
H2O/H O
w
Sol. HgSO4
w
Same product
H2O/H O
HgSO4
w
Br
Br2 Br
Excess Br Br
different
Br Br product
Br2
Excess
Br Br
55. Mercury is highly hazardous and hence its concentration is expressed in the units of ppb
(micrograms of Hg present in 1 L of water). Permissible level of Hg in drinking water is 0.0335 ppb.
Which of the following is an alternate representation of this concentration?
(A) 3.35 × 10–2 mg dm–3 (B) 3.35 × 10–5 mg dm–3
–5 –3
(C) 3.35 × 10 mg m (D) 3.35 × 10–4 g L–1
Ans. (B)
Sol. Concentration of Hg = 0.0335 ppb of Hg(g/L)
= 0.0335 × 10–3 mg/lt
= 3.35 × 10–5 mg/dm3
56. The correct sequence of reaction which will yield 4-nitrobenzoic acid from benzene is
(A) CH3Cl; HNO3/H2SO4; KMnO4/OH– (B) HNO3/H2SO4; CH3Cl/AlCl3; KMnO4/OH–
–
(C) CH3Cl/AlCl3; KMnO4/OH ; HNO3/H2SO4 (D) CH3Cl/AlCl3; HNO3/H2SO4; KMnO4/OH–
Ans. (D)
om
COOH
(1) CH3Cl
(2) HNO3/H2SO4
.c
Sol. (3) KMnO4/ OH–
u
NO2
ur
57. The volume of one drop of aqueous solution from an eyedropper is approximately 0.05 mL. One
such drop of 0.2 M HCl is added to 100 mL of distilled water. The pH of the resulting solution will be
Ans.
(A) 4.0
(A)
(B) 7.0
0.2  0.05
= 10–4 M
yg
(C) 3.0 (D) 5.5
tr
Sol. Conc. of HCl =
100
So pH = 4
is
58. In which of the following species the octet rule is NOT obeyed?
I. I3– IV. NO+
em
II. N2O III. OF2

(A) I and IV (B) II and III (C) I only (D) IV only
Ans. (C)
Sol.  3 —  — – Octet rule not obeyed
h
N2O follows octet rule

ec
OF2 follows octet rule

NO+ follows octet rule
.th
59. Which atom/s will have a + charge in the following molecule ?

IO
II
w
III
w
IV
(A) I and III (B) II only (C) II and III (D) II and IV
w
Ans. (D)
60. 2.0 moles of an ideal gas expands isothermally (27°C) and reversibly from a pressure of 1 bar to 10
bar. The heaviest mass that can be lifted through a height of 10 m by the work of this expansion is
(A) 50.8 kg (B) 50.8 g (C) 117.1 kg (D) 117.1 g
Ans. (C)
Sol. |work done| = change in potential energy
V
nRTln 2  mgh
V1
10
2×8.314×300×2.303 log = m×9.81×10
1
m = 117.1 kg
A–2
In Q. Nos. 61 to 70 any number of options (A or B or C or all D) may be correct. You are to
identify all of them correctly to get 6 marks. Even if one answer identified is incorrect or one
correct answer is missed, you get zero marks.
om
61. A commercial sample of oleum (H2S2O7) labeled as ‘106.5% oleum’ contains 6.5 g of water. The
percentage of free SO3 in this oleum sample is
(A) 2.88 (B) 28.8 (C) 0.029 (D) 0.28
Ans. (B)
.c
Sol. 106.5% Oleum sample
u
40
 % of free SO3 = × (106.5– 100) = 28.8 %
ur
9
Note: Question is controvercial since formula of oleum is given (H2S2O7), however it is actually a
62.
yg
mixture. Also oleum does not contains water, however in question, it is said to be present.
Which of the following species has one lone pair of electrons on the central atom?
(B) 3– (C) 3+
tr
(A) ClF3 (D) SF4
Ans. (D)
F F
is
 F
Sol. Cl—F —  —  –
 S

em
F
F F
63. Among the following, the complex ion/s that will have a magnetic moment of 2.82 B.M. is/are
h
I. [Ni(CO)4] II. [NiCl4]2– III. [Ni(H2O)6]2+ IV. [Ni(CN)4]2–

(A) I and IV (B) II only (C) II and III (D) II, III and IV
ec
Ans. (C)
Sol. Ni(CO)4 number of unpaired electron = 0
[NiCl4]2– number of unpaired electron = 2
.th
[Ni(H2O)6]2+ number of unpaired electron = 2

[Ni(CN)4]2– number of unpaired electron = 0
  nn  2  2.82 = nn  2 n = number of unpaired electrons = 2
w
64. Morphine, a pain killer is basic with molecular formula C17H19NO3. The conjugate acid of morphine
w
is
(A) C17H19NO3+ (B) C17H18NO3 (C) C17H19NO3– (D) C17H20NO3+
Ans. (D)
w
65. A suboxide of carbon, C3O2, has a linear structure. Which of the following is correct about C3O2 ?
I. Oxidation state of all three C atoms is +2
II. Oxidation state of the central C atom is zero
III. The molecule contains 4  and 4  bonds
IV. Hybridization of the central carbon atom is sp2
(A) I and IV (B) II and III (C) II and IV (D) III only
Ans. (B)
+2 0 +2
Sol. O=C=C=C=O
Hyb. sp sp sp
66. Among the following, the compounds with highest and lowest boiling points respectively are
H2N HO
  
F O
V V
(A) I and III (B) II and III (C) I and IV (D) II and V
Sol. (B)
67. At 25ºC Ka of HPO42– and HSO3– are 4.8 × 10–13 and 6.3 × 10–8 respectively. Which of the following
om
is correct?
(A) HPO42– is a stronger acid than HSO3– and PO43– is a weaker base than SO32–
(B) HPO42– is a weaker acid than HSO3– and PO43– is a weaker base than SO32–
(C) HPO42– is a weaker acid than HSO3– and PO43– is a stronger base than SO32–
(D) HPO42– is a stronger acid than HSO3– and PO43– is a stronger base than SO32–
.c
Sol. (C)
Ka of HPO24 = 4.8×10–13
u
Ka of HSO3 = 6.3×10–8
ur
 HSO3 is stronger acid than HPO24
& SO 32 is weaker base than PO 34
68.
yg
The change in internal energy (U) for the reaction H2(g) + Br2(g)  2HBr() when 2.0 moles each
tr
of Br2(g) and H2(g) react is
(H2(g) + Br2(g)  2HBr(g); Hreaction = –109 kJ; Hvap of HBr = 213 kJ mol–1)
(A) –644 kJ (B) 644 kJ (C) –322 kJ (D) –1070 kJ
is
Ans. (D)
H
em
Sol. H2(g) + Br2(g) 2HBr()
–109kJ
2(–213)
h
2HBr(g)
ec
Hrex. = –109 – 426 = – 535 kJ/mol

Urex. = Hrex – ngas RT = – 535 kJ/mol
.th
 U for 2 moles each of Br2 & H2 = 2× (–535) = –1070 kJ
69. The structure that represents the major intermediate formed in bromination of toluene is
w
+
CH2
H3C Br
w
+
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Br +
w
+
Br Br
Ans. (C)
70. About sea water, which of the following statement/s is/are correct?
I. Frozen sea water melts at a lower temperature than pure ice
II. Boiling point of sea water increases as it evaporates
III. Sea water boils at a lower temperature than fresh water
IV. Density of sea water at STP is same as that of fresh water
(A) I only (B) I and II (C) I, II and III (D) III only
Ans. (B)
71. Saran wrap, a polymer used in food packaging is a copolymer of 1, 1-dichloroethene and vinyl
chloride. In the chain initiation step, 1, 1-dichloroethene generates a free radical which reacts with
vinyl chloride. Structure of Saran wrap is
Cl Cl Cl
(A) (B)
Cl Cl
Cl n
n
Cl Cl Cl
(C) (D)
Cl Cl
Cl n n
Ans. (D)
om
72. The alkene ‘Y’ in the following reaction is
O O
O O O
.c
(i) Ozonoly sis
Alkene Y  + + H
(ii) Me 2S H H H
O
u
ur
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Sol. (C) yg
tr
O O
(1) Ozonolysis O O
CH2=O + +H
(2) Me2S H
is
O
em
73. In solid state, PCl5 exists as [PCl4]+ [PCl6]–. The hybridization of P atoms in this solid is/are
(A) sp3d (d = d x 2  y 2 ) (B) sp3d (d = dz2 )
h
(C) sp3 and sp3d2 (d = d x 2  y 2 ,dz2 ) (D) sp3d and dsp3 (d = dz2 )
ec
Ans. (C)
Sol. 
PCl5  PCl4 PCl6  
.th
Solid sp3 sp3d2
74. Which of the following compounds have chiral carbon atom/s ?

w
OH OH
OH
w
OH
Cl
w
OH
   V V
(A) I and II (B) I, III, IV and V (C) II, IV and V (D) II, III and IV
Ans. (B)
75. The crystal defect indicated in the diagram below is
S+ R– S+ R– S+ R–
R– R– S+ S+
S+ R– R– S+ R–
R– S+ R– S+ S+
om
S+ R– S+ R– S+
(A) Frenkel defect (B) Schottky defect
.c
(C) Frenkel and Schottky defects (D) Interstitial defect
Ans. (B)
u
76. If the standard electrode potentials of Fe3+/Fe and Fe2+/Fe are –0.04 V and –0.44 V respectively
ur
then that of Fe3+/Fe2+ is
(A) 0.76 V (B) –0.76 V (C) 0.40 V (D) –0.40 V
Ans.
Sol.
(A)
Fe3+
Eº
Fe2+
–0.44V
Fe yg
tr
–0.44V
is
Eº + 2(–0.44) = 3(–0.04)
Eº = –0.12 + 0.88 = 0.76V
em
77. Given below is the data for the reaction 2NO (g) N2(g) + O2(g)
Where ‘kf’ and ‘kb’ are rate constants of the forward and reverse reactions respectively
h
Temperature (K) kf (mol–1 dm3 s–1) Kb (mol–1 dm3 s–1)

1400 0.20 1.1 × 10–6
ec
1500 1.3 1.4 × 10–5

The reaction is
.th
(A) exothermic and Keq at 1400 K = 3.79 × 10–6

(B) endothermic and Keq at 1400 K = 2.63 × 10–5
(C) exothermic and Keq at 1400 K = 1.8 × 105
w
(D) endothermic and Keq at 1500 K = 9.28 × 10–4

Ans. (C)
w
K 0 .2
Sol. At 1400 K Keq = f  = 1.8×105
R b 1.1 10  6
w
1.3
At 1500 K Keq = = 9.3 × 104
1.4  105
 reaction is exothermic
w
w
w
.th
ec
hem
is
tr
yg
ur
u .c
om

QOTD-NSEc PYQ Bank 2007-2021

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

QOTD-NSEc PYQ Bank 2007-2021

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

NSEC IOQC

INDIAN ASSOCIATION OF CHEMISTRY TEACHERS

Q.9 The relative stabilites of the following Cl

Q.14 Identify the ester which upon addition of

HOOC COOH HOOC COOH

HOOC—COOH HOOC Q.17 The following symmetry element is present in

CAREER POINT, CPCTower,

(i) Reactant (Re) 3C60

Q.21 The IUPAC name of PE

The major product (Y) of the reaction is :

OLi O Q.29 The percentage of oxygen in a compound is

(D) Q.31 A qualitative analysis of papaverine, an

CAREER POINT, CPCTower,

CAREER POINT, CPCTower,

CAREER POINT, CPCTower,

Q.77 Which of the following changes the value of H

Q.89 The number of amino acid residue of a

Q.90 Titration of the amino acid lysine has three

CAREER POINT, CPCTower,

INDIAN ASSOCIATION OF CHEMISTRY TEACHERS

Tetracycline A (A) CH3—C—CH—CH3

CH3 Q.16 The following molecule has a

Q.15 Suggest the suitable reagent for the following O O

CAREER POINT, CPCTower,

Br Q.25 The pH of mixture of 100 ml of 0.25 N HCl

Q.27 At a given temperature the equilibrium

CAREER POINT, CPCTower,

CAREER POINT, CPCTower,

Q.54 Ten DNA molecules undergo replication 2

CAREER POINT, CPCTower,

CAREER POINT, CPCTower,

INDIAN ASSOCIATION OF CHEMISTRY TEACHERS

Q.8 The IUPAC name of is

CAREER POINT, CPCTower,

Q.25 The hydrolysis constant of 0.5 M ammonium

Q.26 For a chemical reaction, A + B → C + D, the

Q.27 The plot represting langmuri's adsorption

CAREER POINT, CPCTower,

Q.36 Heating of a solution does not change

Q.77 Silver metal reacts with nitric acid according

CAREER POINT, CPCTower,

CAREER POINT, CPCTower,

INDIAN ASSOCIATION OF CHEMISTRY TEACHERS

Q.6 The number of all types of isomers of (B) HO C Cl

(C) ∆S = +ve, ∆H = –ve OMgBr

Q.17 Body-centred cubic lattice has a co-ordination O

CAREER POINT, CPCTower,

Q.23 A compound containing beryllium has the Q.29 (i) CH2=CH–CH2–CH=CH2

OH Q.32 The oxidation number and co-ordination

OH Q.33 The change in hybridization of aluminum

CAREER POINT, CPCTower,

CAREER POINT, CPCTower,

CAREER POINT, CPCTower,

CAREER POINT, CPCTower,

CAREER POINT, CPCTower,

3. The number of isomers of dibromobiphenyl (Biphenyl – C6H5-C6H5) is -

8. Denaturation of protein due to change in pH could be due to -

10. According to VSEPR theory the shape of IF5 molecule will be -

11. The formal charges on the atoms underlined are -

13. The compound that does not have a S-bond is -

20. The IUPAC name of complex [Cu(en)2(H2O)2]+ is -

23. Major product of mononitration of the following compound is

volume of KCl volume of KCl

(C) (D) Conductance

+ CH2=CH2 ( o A Cl